Grebennikov Cavity Structure Effect & Pyramid Power

V...... Manly Hall - Magnetic Fields of the Human Body and Their Functions

You Can Open Your Third Eye With Magnet - To Not Only See Things Within This Dimension But Also Beyond As Well

Tom Paladino – Tesla Applications For Healing    Nikola Tesla, the progenitor of radiant energy research, sought to tap into the rarefied pulse of a primal energy existing everywhere in the universe. After 25 years of research, Tom Paladino appears to have effectively harnessed radiant energy - also known as prana, qi, zero point energy, orgone, or scalar...

The Natural Phenomena of AntiGravitation and Invisibility in Insects
due to the Grebennikov Cavity Structure Effect (CSE)


by Iu. N. Cherednichenko, Senior Researcher, Biophysics Laboratory, Institute of Human Pathology and Ecology, Russian Academy of Medical Science

Viktor Stepanovich Grebennikov is a naturalist, a professional entomologist, an artist-simply put, an intellectual with a wide range of interests and pursuits. He is known to many as the discoverer of the Cavernous Structures Effect (CSE). But very few people are familiar with his other discovery, one that also borrows from Nature and its innermost secrets.

Back in 1988 he discovered anti-gravitational effects of the chitin shell of certain insects. But the most impressive concomitant phenomenon discovered at the same time was that of complete or partial invisibility or of distorted perception of material objects entering the zone of compensated gravity. Based on this discovery, the author used bionic principles to design and build an anti-gravitational platform for dirigible flights at the speed of up to 25 km/min. Since 1991-92 he has used this device for fast transportation.

Bio-gravitational effects are a wide spectrum of natural phenomena, apparently not confined to just a few species of insects. There is much empirical data to support the possibility of a lowered weight or complete levitation of material objects as a result of directed psycho-physical human action (psychokinesis)-e. g. levitation of yogi practicing transcendental meditation according to the Maharishi method. There are known cases of mediums levitating during spiritistic sessions. However, it would be a mistake to think that such abilities are only found in people who are gifted by nature.

I am convinced that these abilities are an understudied biological regularity. As is known, human weight significantly drops in the state of somnambulistic automatism (sleepwalking). During their nocturnal journeys, 80-90 kg sleepwalkers are able to tread on thin planks, or step on people sleeping next to them without causing the latter any physical discomfort (other than fright). Some clinical cases of non-spasmodic epileptic fits often result in a short-term reversible transformation of personality (people in such state are commonly referred to as "possessed"), whereby a skinny, exhausted girl or a ten-year-old boy acquire the physical prowess of a trained athlete.

Currently this psychological phenomenon is known as multiple-personality syndrome because it significantly differs from the classical complex of epileptic symptoms. Such clinical cases are well-known and well-documented. However, phenomena accompanied by a change in the weight of humans or of material objects are not confined to functional pathologies of the organism.

Healthy people in the state of acute psychological stress caused by a life-threatening situation or an overpowering motivation to achieve a vitally important goal have the ability to spontaneously overcome obstacles insurmountable in their normal condition-e. g. to lift enormous weights, etc. These phenomena are commonly explained by an extreme mobilization of muscular strength, but precise calculations do not agree with such hypotheses. Apparently, athletes (high jumpers, weightlifters, runners) have particularly developed bio-antigravitational mechanisms.

Their athletic performance is mostly (if not wholly) determined not so much by the rigor of their training as by their psychological preparedness. If an accurate scientific task of studying the anomalies of the human weight in various psycho-physiological states were ever set up and technical means of dynamic weight monitoring created, we would then have objective data on this unusual phenomenon. There is also evidence of other phenomena of short-term mass increase in biological objects, including humans, that are not related to mass transfer.

V. S. Grebennikov's book has high literary merit and includes the author's own illustrations. It is a kind of a "dactylogram" for his system of spiritual values, his environmental outlook, and his entomological autobiography. Many readers are likely to perceive the book as nothing more than a popularized summary of the entomologist's 60-year experience of scientific observations, peppered with some elements of science fiction. But such a conclusion would be deeply erroneous. As Viktor Stepanovich's friend and as someone with an intimate knowledge of his work (our homes are only 10km apart), I can vouch I have never met a more careful, conscientious, honest, and talented experimental scientist.

Grebennikov is also widely known in the so-called scientific underground (i. e. the branch of advanced Russian science constantly persecuted by the official scientific establishment). Thus, a committee for combating pseudoscience, created in Novosibirsk division of the Russian Academy, has victimized many talented members of our local scientific community. The situation is much the same at the Russian Agricultural Academy. It is very easy to lose one's job at a lab (even as its head, regardless of one's degree and title). One only needs to publish an article on, for example, the evolutionary significance of antigravitational mechanisms in insects.

But I am convinced that discoveries of such proportions must not be buried in manuscripts just because pragmatism still rules science. Let this book be nothing but "science fiction" for those at the top. Each person has his own beliefs. But he who has eyes shall see. Catastrophism in both the evolution of living nature and in the nature of human knowledge is actually a drastic destruction of old belief systems-a destruction that runs ahead of theoretical prognostications. A fanatical faith and idol-worship links our contemporary academic science with pagan religion. But a harmonious development (in the sense of Pavel Florensky's pneumatosphere) would not be possible without breaking old stereotypes in the process of mastering the wisdom and experience of older generations.

Flight - Chapter V of V. S. Grebennikov's My World


A quiet evening in the steppe. The sun's red disk has already touched the faraway, misty horizon. It is too late to get back home-I've stayed too long here with my insects and am preparing to spend the night in the field. Thank goodness I still have water in the flask and some mosquito repellent-one needs it here, what with hosts of gnats on the steep shore of this salty lake.

I am in the steppes, in Kamyshlovo valley. It used to be a mighty tributary of the Irtysh, but the ploughing of the steppes and deforestation turned the river into a deep, broad gully with a string of salty lakes, like this one. There is no wind. Pods of ducks gleam over the evening lake, sandpipers are also heard in the distance.

The high, pearl-colored sky stretches over the calming world of the steppe. How good it is to be out here, in the open country!

I settle for the night on the very edge of the steep, on a grassy glade. I spread out my coat, put my backpack under the head, and before lying down, collect a few dry cakes of cow manure, and light them up. The romantic, unforgettable smell of bluish smoke slowly spreads across the dozing steppe. I lie down on my simple bed, stretch my tired legs and anticipate yet another wonderful night in the country.

The blue smoke quietly takes me to the Land of Fairy Tales; sleep comes fast. I become very small, the size of an ant, then enormous, like the sky, and am about to fall asleep. But why is it that today these "pre-sleep transformations" of my bodily dimensions are somewhat unusual, too strong? A new sensation has mixed in-a sensation of falling, as though the high cliff has been snatched away from under my body, and I am falling into an unknown, terrible abyss!

Suddenly I see flashes. I open my eyes, but they don't go away-they are dancing on the pearl-and-sliver evening sky and on the grass. I get a strong, metallic taste in my mouth, as though I pressed my tongue to the contact plates of a small electric battery. My ears start ringing, I distinctly hear the double beats of my own heart.

How can one sleep when such things are going on!

I sit up and try to drive away these unpleasant sensations, but nothing comes out of my efforts. The only result is that the flashes are no longer wide and blurred but sharp and clear, like sparks or perhaps small chains; they make it hard to look around. Then I remember: I had very similar sensations a few years ago in Lesochek, or to be more precise, in the Enchanted Grove [the author is referring to localities of an entomological preserve in Omsk Region].

I have to get up and walk around the lakeshore. Does it feel like this everywhere around here? No: here, a meter from the edge, I feel a clear effect of "something", while ten meters further into the steppe the effect clearly disappears.

It becomes a bit frightening: I am alone in the deserted steppe, by the "Enchanted Lake". I should quickly pack up and clear out. But my curiosity takes over: what is this, really? Could it be that the smell of lake water and slime is doing this to me? I go down, under the steep and sit down by the water. The thick, sweetish smell of sapropel-rotted remains of algae-is enveloping me like in a mud spa. I sit there for five, ten minutes-no unpleasant sensations. It would be suitable to sleep here, if it weren't so wet.

I climb the steppe-same old story! My head is spinning, I again get that "galvanic", sour taste in the mouth and feel as though my weight is changing-I am at one moment incredibly light, and unbearably heavy at the next. I see flashes in my eyes. If it was indeed a "bad spot", some nasty anomaly, then there would be no grass here, and large bees would not be nesting in the loamy steppe.

Meanwhile, their nests are all over it-in fact, I was trying to make my bed right above their underground "bee city" in whose depths there is of course a multitude of tunnels, chambers, lots of larvae, cocoons-all of them alive and healthy. I understood nothing that time. I got up with a headache even before sunrise and, tired, hobbled off toward the road to get a hitch to Isilkul.

That summer I visited the "Enchanted Lake" four more times, at various times of day, and under various weather conditions. By the end of the summer my bees got incredibly busy stuffing their holes with flower pollen-in a word, they were feeling great. Which I wasn't: a meter from the edge of the steppe, above their nests, I again had a set of most unpleasant sensations. Five meters away, I had none... And there was the same old bewilderment: why, why do these bees feel so good here that the entire steppe is dappled with their holes like Swiss cheese, and in places, almost like a sponge?

The solution came many years later, when the bee city in Kamyshlovo valley died: the tillage came to the very edge which consequently fell off. Now instead of grass and bee holes, there is nothing there but an atrocious heap of mud.

I only had a handful of old clay lumps-fragments of those nests, with multiple chamber cells. The cells were side by side and reminded of small thimbles, or little jugs with narrowing necks.

I already knew that these bees were of the quadruple ring species-that was the number of light rings on their elongated bellies. On my desk, packed with equipment, ant- and grasshopper-houses, bottles with chemicals, and other stuff, I had a wide receptacle filled with these spongy clay lumps. I was about to pick something up and moved my hand over these porous fragments.A miracle happened: I suddenly felt warmth emanating from them. I touched the lumps with my hand-they were cold, but above them I felt a clear thermal sensation. Besides, in my fingers I felt some hitherto unknown jerks, some sort of "tick" as it were. And when I pushed the bowl with the nests to the end of the desk and leaned over it, I felt the same sensation as on the lake-my head was getting lighter and bigger, the body was falling down, the eyes saw rapid flashes, and the mouth tasted an electric battery. I was feeling slightly nauseous...

I put a sheet of cardboard on top of the bowl-the sensation didn't change. A pot lid changed nothing either; it was as if the "something" was cutting right through it. I had to study the phenomenon at once. But what could I do at home, without the necessary physical instruments? I got assistance from many research scientists of various institutes of the Agricultural Academy in Novosibirsk.

But alas, the instruments-either thermometers, or ultrasound detectors, magnetometers and electrometers-did not respond to them in the slightest. We conducted a precise chemical analysis of the clay-nothing special. The radiometer was also silent... But ordinary human hands, and not just mine, distinctly felt either warmth or a cold draft and a tingle, or sometimes a thicker, stickier environment. Some people's hands got heavier, others felt theirs were pushed up; some people's fingers and arm muscles got numb, they felt giddy and had profuse salivation. Similar phenomena could be observed in a bunch of paper tubes inhabited by leaf-cutting bees. Each tunnel had a solid row of multi-layered cans of torn leaves, covered with concave lids (also of leaves). Inside the cans there were silk, oval cocoons with larvae and chrysalides. I asked people who knew nothing of my discovery to hold their hands or faces over the leaf-cutter nests, and took a detailed record of the experiment. The results may be found in my article "On the physical and biological properties of pollinator bee nests" published in the Siberian Bulletin of Agricultural Science, no.3, 1984.

The same article contains the formula of the discovery-a brief physical description of this wonderful phenomenon. Based on the structure of bee nests, I created a few dozen artificial honeycombs-of plastic, paper, metal, and wood. It turned out that the cause of all those unusual sensations was not a biological field, but the size, shape, number, and the arrangement of caverns formed by any solid objects. And as before, the organism felt it, while the instruments were silent.

I called the discovery the Cavernous Structures Effect (CSE) and carried on with my experiments. Nature continued to reveal its innermost secrets one after another... It turned out that the CSE zone inhibits the growth of saprophytic soil bacteria, of yeast and other cultures, as well as wheat grain germination. It also changes the behavior of microscopic algea chlamydospores. Leaf-cutting bee larvae begin to phosphoresce, while adult bees are much more active in this field and finish pollination two weeks earlier.

It turned out that the CSE, like gravitation, could not be shielded-it affected living organisms through walls, thick metal, and other screens. It turned out that if a porous object were moved to another spot, the human would feel the CSE not immediately but in a few seconds or minutes, while the old spot would retain a "trace", or as I called it, a "phantom" perceivable by the hand for hours, and sometimes for months thereafter.

It turned out that the CSE field did not decrease evenly with distance, but surrounded the honeycomb with a system of invisible, yet sometimes clearly perceivable "shells". It turned out that animals (white mice) and humans entering the zone of the CSE (even a very strong one) soon adapted to it. It couldn't be otherwise: we are everywhere surrounded by caverns large and small: by grids, cells of living and dead plants (as well as our own cells), by bubbles of foam-rubber, foam plastic, foam concrete, rooms, corridors, halls, roofing, spaces between machine parts, trees, furniture, buildings. It turned out that the CSE "ray" had a stronger impact on living organisms when it was directed away from the sun, and also downwards, facing the Earth's center.
It turned out that clocks-both mechanical and electronic-placed in a strong CSE field started running inaccurately-Time must also have a part in it. All this was the manifestation of the Will of Matter, constantly moving, transforming, and eternally existing. It turned out that back in the 20s the French physicist Louis des Broglie was awarded the Nobel Prize for his discovery of these waves, and that the latter were used in electronic microscopes. It turned out... well, many other things transpired in my experiments and research, but they would lead us into solid-state physics, quantum mechanics, elementary-particle physics, i. e far away from the main characters of our narrative: insects... Meanwhile, I did manage to devise instruments for an objective registration of the CSE-instruments that accurately reacted to the proximity of insect nests.Here they are in the drawing: sealed vessels with straws and burnt twigs-drawing coals-suspended on spider web threads. There is some water at the bottom to counter static electricity hindering experiments in dry air. If you point an old wasp nest, a bee honeycomb, a bunch of cereal ears to the upper end of the indicator, it slowly moves a few dozen degrees... There is no miracle here: the energy of scintillating electrons of both multi-cavernous bodies creates a total wave system in space, whereby a wave is energy capable of performing a mutual repulsion of these objects-even through obstacles, such as a thick-walled steel capsule (see photograph).

It is hard to imagine that its armor is powerless to stop waves of a tiny, light wasp nest seen in the picture, and that the indicator inside this heavy, solid capsule "runs away"-sometimes as far as 180 degrees-from this long-vacant nest. Yet it is so. Those who have doubts are invited to visit the Agroecology Museum near Novosibirsk-you'll see it for yourselves.

The same museum displays an always-active honeycomb painkiller. It is a chair with an overhead cap that has a few empty, but intact combs of the honeybee ("dry" honeycombs, in the beekeeper vocab) in it. Anyone who sits in this chair will after a few minutes almost certainly feel something (please write to me what exactly you feel, I'll be grateful), while those with a headache will in just a few minutes say goodbye to the pain-at least for a few hours. My painkillers are successfully used in many parts of the country-I made no secret of my discovery.

The hand will clearly sense the emanation if you take it from below, palm up, to the cap with bee honeycombs. The cap could be made of cardboard, veneer, or better still, of tin plate with tightly sealed seams.

Yet another gift from insects...

This was my reasoning at first: people have been dealing with the honeybee for thousands of years, no one has ever complained of anything unpleasant, except of course stings. I held a dry honeycomb over my head-it was working!

I decided to use a set of six frames. Such was the story of my rather simple discovery. An old wasp nest works quite differently, even though the size and shape of its cells are very close to those of bees.

The important difference was that the honeycomb material, unlike that of wax, is more crumbly and micro-porous: it is paper-like (by the way, it was wasps that invented paper, not people: they scrape old wood fiber and mix it with their sticky saliva).

Walls of the wasp honeycomb are much thinner than those of bees, the cell size and pattern are also different, as is the outer shell, also made of multi-layered, loosely wrapped paper. I had reports of a highly unpleasant effect of a few wasp nests in an attic. And besides, most multi-cell devices and objects that will manifest CSE in the first few minutes have a far from beneficial effect on humans. Honeybee combs are a rare exception. And when in the 1960s we had bumblebees living in our Isilkul apartment, I often observed the following.

A young bumblebee on its first trip away from the hive did not take the trouble to remember the entrance and would spend hours wandering around the windows of our house and of a similar-looking house nearby. And in the evening, giving up on its poor visual memory, it would land on the brick wall, precisely outside the hive and would try to break right through it. How did the insect know that right there, four meters away from the entrance, and a meter and a half below, behind the thick, half-meter wall was its home nest? At the time I was lost in conjectures, but now I know exactly why the bumblebee behaved like that. An amazing find, wouldn't you agree?

Now let us remember the experiment in which hunter wasps returned not just to a given location, but to an entirely different place where the lump of soil with their nest had been moved: no doubt, they were able to find it because of a wave beacon created by the nest cavern. And there was another mystery revealed to me by my insect friends. It turned out that to attract their pollinators, flowers use not only color, odor, and nectar, but also a similar wave beacon, powerful and unstoppable.

I discovered it with a drawing coal-a burnt twig-by passing it over large, bell-shaped flowers (tulips, lilies, amaryllises, mallows, pumpkins). Already at a distance I could feel a "braking", as it were, of this detector. Soon I was able to find a flower in a dark room standing one or two meters away from it-but only if it had not been moved, because a "false target" would be left in its old place-the "residual phantom" I already mentioned. I do not possess any supersensory abilities, and any person after some training would be able to do the same. Instead of coal one could use a 10-cm-long piece of a yellow sorghum stem, or a short pencil whose rear end should be facing the flower. Some people would be able to feel the flower (a "warm", "cold", or "shivering" sensation emanating from it) with their bare hands, tongues, or even faces. As many experiments demonstrated, children and adolescents are particularly sensitive to Waves of Matter.

As for bees that nest underground, their "knowledge" of the CSE is vital for them first of all, because it enables the builder of a new gallery to stay away from a neighboring nest. Otherwise the entire bee-city cut through with intersecting holes would simply collapse.

Secondly, plant roots cannot be allowed to grow down into the galleries and honeycombs. Thus roots stop a few centimeters away from the honeycomb, or else, feeling that nests are near, they start growing aside.The latter conclusion was confirmed by my many experiments on sprouting wheat seeds in a strong CSE field, as compared to seeds germinating in the same climatic conditions but in the absence of the CSE. Photographs and drawings show both the dying of roots in the experimental batch and their sharp deviation in a direction away from my "artificial honeycomb".

Thus bees and weeds back at the lake had long ago made a pact-another example of the highest ecological expediency of all Being. And in that same spot on the globe we see yet another example of people's mercilessly ignorant attitude to Nature...

The bee-city is now gone; every spring thick streams of fertile black earth soil run down, between filthy heaps of trash, to the lifeless, salty puddles that not too long ago were a string of lakes with countless flocks of sandpipers and ducks, white swans, and hovering fish-hawks. And by the steppe thinned out by bee holes, one used to hear the hum of hundreds of thousands of bees that for the first time led me into the Unknown.

I must have tired the reader with all these honeycombs of mine... A separate thick book would be required to describe all my experiments. Therefore I will only mention one thing: my pocket, battery-powered calculator often malfunctioned in the CSE field: it either erred, or sometimes its display window would fail to light up for hours. I used the field of a wasp nest combined with that of my two palms. None of these structures had any effect in isolation.

I will also note that hands with their tubular phalanxes, joints, ligaments, blood vessels, and nails are intensive CSE emanators capable of giving a powerful push to the straw or coal indicator of my little instrument from a couple of meters' distance. Practically anyone could do it. This is why I am convinced that there are no people with supersensory abilities, or rather that all the people have them... And the number of those who from a distance can move light-weight objects on a table, hold them suspended in the air or "magnetically" attached to the hand is far greater than is usually thought. Try it yourself! I look forward to your letters.

There once was an ancient folk game: one man sits on a chair, and over his head, four of his friends "build" a grid of horizontally stretched palms with slightly spread fingers-first right hands, then left, with 2 cm gaps between them. In 10-15 seconds, all four synchronously put their pressed-together index and middle fingers under the armpits and under the knees of the sitting man, and then they energetically toss him up in the air. The time between "collapsing" the grid and tossing the man must not exceed two seconds; the synchronicity is also very important. If everything is done right, a 100-kilo man flies up almost to the ceiling, while the ones who tossed him claim he was light as a feather.

A strict reader may ask me how it is possible. Doesn't it all contradict laws of nature? And if so, am I not propagating mysticism? Nothing of the sort! There is no mysticism, the thing is simply that we, humans, still know little of the Universe which, as we see, not always "accepts" our, all too human rules, assumptions, and orders... Once it dawned on me: the results of my experiments with insect nests bear too much similarity to the reports of people who happened to be in the vicinity of... UFOs. Think and compare: temporary malfunctioning of electronic devices, disrupted clocks-i. e., time, an invisible, resilient "obstacle", a temporary drop in the weight of objects, the sensation of a drop in human weight, phosphenes-moving, colored flashes in the eyes, a "galvanic" taste in the mouth...

I am sure you have read about all this in UFO journals. I am now telling you it can all be experienced in our Museum. Come visit! Was I standing on the threshold of yet another mystery? Quite so. And again I was helped by chance, or rather by my old insect friends. And again there were sleepless nights, failures, doubts, breakdowns, even accidents... And I had no one to turn to for advice-they would have just laughed, or worse...

But I can say this, my reader: he is happy who has a more or less adequate use of his eyes, head, and hands-skillful hands are particularly important!-and trust me, the joy of creative work, even of work that ends in failure, is far higher and brighter than earning any diplomas, medals, or patents.

Flying an Anti-gravitational Platform

(excerpts from a diary)

Judge it for yourself from my diary excerpts-obviously simplified and adapted for this book. Pictures and drawings will help you to evaluate my story... A hot summer day. Far-away expanses drown in a bluish-lilac haze; the sky's gigantic cupola with fluffy clouds stretches above the fields and coppices. I am flying about 300 meters above ground, with a distant lake-a light, elongated spot in the haze-as my reference point.Blue, intricate tree contours slowly recede; between them, there are fields. Those, bluish-green ones are fields of oats; the whitish rectangles with a strange, rhythmic twinkling are those of buckwheat. Straight ahead of me is a field of alfalfa-its green color is familiar, it resembles the oil paint "cobalt medium-green". Green oceans of wheat on the right are of a denser shade and resemble the "chrome oxide" paint. An enormous, multi-colored palette floats further and further backwards.

Footpaths meander between fields and coppices. They join gravel roads which it turn stretch further out, toward the highway, still invisible from here for the haze, but I know that if I flew on the right side of the lake, I would see it-a smooth, gray strip without a beginning or an end, on which cars-small boxes-are slowly crawling.

Isometric, flat shadows of cumulus clouds are picturesquely spread around the sunny forest-steppe. They are deep-blue where they cover coppices, and are various shades of light blue over fields. Now I am in the shadow of one such cloud: I accelerate-it's quite easy for me to do that-and leave the shadow. I lean forward slightly and feel a warm, taut wind coming far down below, from the sun-warmed ground and plants. It comes not from the side, as on the ground, but strangely from the surface up. I physically feel a thick, dense current with a strong odor of blooming buckwheat. Of course this jet can easily lift up even a large bird-an eagle, a stork, or a crane-if it freezes its spread wings. But I have no wings and am suspended in the air not by the upward jet.In my flight I am supported by a flat, rectangular little platform, slightly bigger than the seat of a chair, with a pole and two handles to which I hold on and with whose help I navigate the device. Is this science fiction? I wouldn't say so...

In a word, the interrupted manuscript of this book was abandoned for two years because generous, ancient Nature, again through my insect friends had given me another Something-and it did so, as usual, elegantly and inconspicuously, yet swiftly and convincingly. And for two years the Discovery did not let me go, even though it seemed to me I was mastering it at a break-neck speed.

(Note: Grebennikov would have been approximately 62-63 years of age in 1990-1992)

But it always happens this way: when your work is new and interesting, time flies twice as fast. A light spot of a steppe lake is already much closer. Beyond it, the highway is visible with already distinctly discernable boxes of cars. The highway is about 8km away from the railway that runs parallel to it, and if I look closer, I can see the poles of the power line and the light-colored embankment of the railway. It is time to turn some 20 degrees to the left.

I am not seen from the ground, and not just because of the distance: even in a very low flight I cast almost no shadow. Yet, as I found out later, people sometimes see something where I am in the sky-either a light sphere, a disk, or something like a slanted cloud with sharp edges that moves, according to them, not exactly the way a cloud would.

One person observed a "flat, non-transparent square, about one hectare in size"-could it have been the optically enlarged little platform of my device? Most people see nothing at all, and I am for the moment pleased with it-I can't be too careful! Besides, I still haven't determined what my visibility or invisibility depends on. Therefore I confess that I consciously avoid people in my flight and for that purpose bypass cities and towns, and even cross roads and footpaths at high speed, after making sure there is no one on them. In these excursions-no doubt, fictional for the reader, but for me already almost casual-I trust only my insect friends depicted on these pages. The first practical use of my discovery was-and still is-entomological: to examine my secret places, to take a picture of them from above, to find new, still unexamined Insect Lands in need of protection and rescue. Alas, Nature established its own, strict limitations on my work: just as on a passenger plane, I could see but couldn't photograph. My camera shutter wouldn't close, and both rolls of films I had taken with me-one in the camera, the other in my pocket-got light-struck. I didn't succeed in sketching the landscape either; as both my hands were almost always busy, I could only free one hand for a couple of seconds. Thus I could only draw from memory. I managed to do that only immediately after landing-though I am an artist, my visual memory is not that great.

In my flight I did not feel the same way we do when we fly in our sleep.

It was with flying in my sleep that I started this book a while ago. And flying is not so much pleasure as it is work, sometimes very hard and dangerous. One has to stand, not hover, the hands are always busy, and a few centimeters away there is a border separating "this" space from "that", on the outside. The border is invisible but very treacherous. My contraption is still rather clumsy and resembles perhaps... hospital scales. But this is only the beginning! By the way, besides the camera, I sometimes had trouble with my watch and possibly, with the calendar too: descending on a familiar glade, I would occasionally find it slightly "out of season", with a two-week deviation, and I had nothing to check it against.

Thus it is possible to fly not just in space but also-or so it seems-in time as well. I cannot make the latter claim with a 100% guarantee, except perhaps that in flight, particularly at its beginning, a watch runs too slow and then too fast, but at the end of the excursion starts running accurately again.

This is why I stay away from people during my journeys: if time is involved alongside gravitation, I might perhaps accidentally disrupt cause-and-effect relations and someone might get hurt.This is where my fears were coming from: insects captured "there" disappear from test tubes, boxes, and other receptacles. They disappear mostly without a trace. Once a test tube in my pocket was crushed to tiny bits, another time there was an oval hole in the glass, with brown, as though "chitin" edges-you can see it in the picture. Many times I felt a kind of burning or an electric shock inside my pocket-perhaps at the moment of my prisoner's "disappearance".

Only once did I find a captured insect in the test tube, but it wasn't the adult ichneumon with white rings on its feelers, but its... chrysalis, i. e. its earlier stage. It was alive-it moved its belly when touched. Much to my dismay, it died a week later.

It is best to fly on clear summer days. Flying is much more difficult when it rains, and almost impossible in winter-not because of the cold. I could have adapted my device accordingly, but since I am an entomologist, I simply do not need winter flights.

How and why did I come to this discovery? In the summer of 1988, as I was examining under a microscope the chitin shells of insects, their pinnate (feathery) feelers, and the thinnest structure of butterflies' wings, I got interested in an amazingly rhythmical microstructure of one large insect detail.

It was an extremely well-ordered composition, as though pressed on a complex machine according to special blueprints and calculations. As I saw it, the intricate sponginess was clearly not necessary either for the durability of the detail, or for its decoration. I had never observed anything like this unusual micro-ornament either in nature, in technology, or in art.

Because its structure is three-dimensional, so far I have been unable to capture it in a drawing, or a photograph. Why does an insect need it? Besides, other than in flight, this structure at the bottom of the wing case is always hidden from the eye-no one would ever see it properly. Was it perhaps the wave beacon with "my" multiple cavernous structures effect? That truly lucky summer there were very many insects of this species, and I would capture them at night: neither before, nor after was I able to observe these insects.

I put the small, concave chitin plate on the microscope shelf in order again to examine under strong magnification its strangely star-shaped cells. I again admired this masterpiece of nature, and almost purposelessly placed it on top of another, identical plate that had the same unusual cells on one of its sides.

But no!-the detail broke loose from my tweezers; for a few seconds it hung suspended above the other plate on the microscope shelf, turned a few degrees clockwise, slid to the right, turned counterclockwise, swung, and only then abruptly fell on the desk.

You can imagine what I felt at that moment... When I came to my senses, I tied a few panels with a wire-it wasn't an easy thing to do, and I only succeeded when I positioned them vertically. What I got was a multi-layered chitin block. I put it on the desk.

Even a relatively large object-such as a paper tack-could not fall on it-something pushed it up and aside. When I attached the tack on top of the "block", I witnessed such incredible, impossible things (for example, the tack for a few moments was lost from sight) that I realized it was no beacon, but something else entirely.

And again I got so excited that all the objects around me became foggy and shaky. It was with a huge effort that I managed to pull myself together in a couple of hours and continue working.

So, this is how it started. Of course, much still remains to be understood, verified, and tested. I will certainly tell my readers about the finer details of my machine, about its propulsion principles, about distances, heights, speeds, equipment, and all the rest-but in my next book.

...I conducted my first, very unsuccessful and highly dangerous flight on the night of March 17, 1990. I didn't have the patience to wait till the warm season and neglected to go to a deserted area. I already knew that night was the most dangerous time for this kind of work.

I had bad luck from the very beginning: the panel blocks of the right part of the bearing platform periodically got stuck. I should have fixed the problem immediately, but neglected to do so. I took off right in the middle of the Agricultural Academy campus, erroneously assuming that at 1 AM everyone was asleep, and nobody would see me. The lift-off went well, but in a few seconds, when the lit windows of buildings sank beneath me, I felt dizzy. I should have landed right then but remained airborne, which was wrong because a powerful force snatched away my control over the movement and weight, and it pulled me in the direction of the city.

Drawn by this unexpected, uncontrollable power, I crossed the second circle of nine-story buildings in the city's residential area (they are laid out in two huge circles with five-story buildings, including ours, inside them), then I crossed a snow-covered, narrow field, and the Academy City highway... The dark immensity of Novosibirsk was closing in upon me, and it was closing in fast. I was already near a bunch of tall factory chimneys many of which fumed thick smoke-night shift was on. I had to do something quickly.

I got on top of the situation only with a great effort. Finally I managed to conduct an emergency adjustment of the panel blocks. My horizontal movement slowed down, but then I again felt sick.

Only at fourth try did I succeed in stopping the horizontal movement, at which point my platform was hanging over Zatulinka, the city's industrial district. The sinister chimneys silently continued to fume right underneath me. I rested for a few minutes-if one could call hanging over a lighted factory fence rest-and after I made sure the "evil power" has passed, I glided back-yet not in the direction of our Agricultural Academy campus but to the right from it, toward the airport. I did this to foul the trail, in case someone had seen me.

Only about halfway to the airport, over some dark, night fields where there was clearly no one around, I abruptly turned home... Next day I naturally couldn't get out of bed.

News on TV and in newspapers was more than alarming. Headlines, such as "UFO over Zatulinka" and "Aliens again?" meant that my flight had been detected. But how! Some perceived the "phenomenon" as glowing spheres or disks-many actually saw not one sphere but two! Others claimed they had seen a "real saucer" with windows and rays.

I am not discounting the possibility that some Zatulino residents saw not my near-emergency evolutions, but something else entirely that had nothing to do with those. Besides, March of 1990 was particularly rich in UFO sightings in Siberia, near Nalchik, and especially in Belgium where, according to Pravda, on March 31 the engineer Marcel Alferlane took a two-minute film of the flight of a huge triangular craft which, according to Belgian scientists, were none other than "material objects with a capacity no civilization can currently create."

Is it really so? As for me, I would suggest that the gravitational filter platforms (or as I call them, panel blocks) of these machines were in fact small, triangular, and made here on Earth-but with more sophistication than my half-wooden contraption.

I too wanted to make the platform triangular-it is much safer and more efficient that way-but I chose a rectangular design because it is easier to fold, and when folded, it resembles a suitcase, a painter's case, or a briefcase that can be thus disguised so as not to arouse suspicion. I, naturally, disguised it as a painter's case.

I had nothing to do with the sightings in Nalchik or Belgium. Besides, as it may appear, I am very impractical in the use of my discovery-I only fly to my entomological preserves. These are far more important to me than any technological finds.

At the moment, I have eleven such preserves: eight in Omsk region, one in Voronezh region, and one near Novosibirsk. There used to be six of them in Novosibirsk region, all of them created, or rather salvaged by me and my family, but they don't like them here. Neither the Agricultural Academy (still more obsessed with "chemistry" than with anything else), nor the Environmental Protection Committee were willing to help me salvage these little preserves from evil, ignorant people.

Thus I am continuing my journey westward under the magnificent, fluffy clouds at noon. The blue shadows of the clouds, the intricately shaped coppices, and the multicolored rectangles of fields float backwards below me.

The speed of my flight is quite high, but there is no wind in my ears-the platform's force field has "carved out" from space an upward-diverging, invisible column that cuts the platform off the earth's gravitational pull. But it left me and the air inside the column intact. I think that all this, as it were, parts space in flight, and then closes it behind me.

This must be the reason for the invisibility, or the distorted visibility, of the device and its "rider"-as was the case with my flight over Novosibirsk's Zatulinka suburb.

But the protection from gravity is regulated, even though it is incomplete: if you move your head forward, you already feel the turbulence of the wind that clearly smells either of sweet clover, of buckwheat, or of the colored weeds of Siberian meadows.

I leave Isilkul with its huge grain elevator on my right and gradually begin to descend over the highway, making sure that I am invisible to drivers, passengers, and people working in the field.

My platform and I cast no shadow (although the shadow occasionally appears): I see three kids on the edge of a forest, go down, drop my speed, and fly right near them. They show no reaction, which means that everything is fine-neither I, nor my shadow are visible. Or heard: the propulsion principle of my device is such that the platform makes no sound whatsoever, because there is practically no air friction. My journey was long-at least forty minutes from Novosibirsk. My hands are tired as I can't take them off the controls, so are my legs and body-I have to stand up straight, tied to the vertical pole with a belt. And even though I can travel faster, I am still afraid to do so-my hand-made machine is still too small and fragile.

I again go up and ahead, and soon I see the familiar landmarks-a road intersection, a passenger terminal on the right side of the highway. Another five kilometers, and finally I see orange columns of the Preserve fence. The Preserve is this year-come to think of it-twenty years old! How many times I saved this child of mine from trouble and bureaucrats, from chemicals-loaded aircraft, from fires, and many other evil deeds. And the Land of Insects is alive and well!

Descending and braking, which is done by cross-shifting filter blinds under the platform board, I already see the thicket of carrot weed, make out the light heads of their flowers resembling azure balls-they are of course covered with insects, and an incredible joy comes over me, taking away my fatigue, for it was I who saved this piece of Earth, even if a small one, less than seven hectares.

Already for twenty years no one has driven here, no one has cut the grass, tended cattle, and the soil has risen in places to fourteen centimeters high. Not only several locally extinct species of insects have returned, but also such weeds as feather grass of rare varieties, purple Scorzonera whose large flowers in the morning smell of chocolate, and many other plants. I feel the thick smell of cuckoo flower-only this Middle Glade smells like that, it is right behind the fence of the preserve, and fills me with yet again with the joyful anticipation of another encounter with the World of Insects. Here they are, I can see them very well even from ten meters above the ground on the wide umbrellas and azure balls of angelica and carrot plants: dark orange butterflies sit on them in groups; heavy hornets bow the white and yellow inflorescences of lady's bedstraws; ginger and blue dragonflies with trembling wide wings and a fine network of veins hover next to my head. I slow down even more, and see a sudden flash below: my shadow, hitherto invisible, has finally appeared and now slowly glides along weeds and bushes. But I am already safe-there is not a soul around, and the highway three hundred meters north of the preserve is now empty. I can land. The stems of the tallest weeds rustle against the bottom of my "podium"-the platform with the panel blocks.

But before putting it down on a little bump, I, in a fit of joy, again spread the blinds with my control handle, and vertically go up. The landscape below quickly shrinks, shrivels as it were: the shrubs of the preserve, its edges and fences, all the surrounding coppices and fields. The horizon begins to curve on all sides in a huge groove, opening up the railroad that runs two kilometers on the left, then a village on the right-it twinkles with its light slate roofs.

Further on the right is Roslavka, the central estate of Lesnoy State Farm-it already looks like a small city. Left from the railroad are cow farms of Lesnoy's Komsomolsk branch; they are surrounded by a yellow ring of straw and dry, foot-worn manure. In the far west, where the smooth curve of the railroad disappears (this is actually confusing: the railway is straight as an arrow), there are small houses and the neat white cube of the Yunino railroad terminal, six km away. Beyond Yunino, there are limitless expanses of Kazakhstan drowning in the hot, bluish haze.

And finally here it is, below me-Isilkulia, the land of my youth; it's very different from how it appears on maps and plans with their inscriptions and signs. It is vast, limitless, alive, interspersed with dark, intricate islands of coppices, cloudy shadows, light, clear spots of lakes.

The huge disk of the Earth with all this for some reason appears more and more concave-I still haven't discovered the reason for this already familiar illusion. I go up higher, the rare, white cloud masses sink lower, and the sky is darker than below-it is dark blue. The fields visible between the clouds are already covered with a thickening blue haze, and it is more and more difficult to make them out. Too bad I can't take my four-year-old grandson Andrei with me; the platform could easily lift us both. Yet one can't be too careful...

... Goodness, what am I doing? I cast a shadow back on the Glade, didn't I? This means I can be seen by thousands, as on that memorable night in March. It is day now, and I may again appear as a disk, square, or worse, my own person... There is also a cargo plane, still soundless, coming straight at me, quickly growing in size; I already see the cold shimmer of its body and the pulsation of its unnaturally red blinker.

Down, quick! I brake abruptly, make a turn; the sun is at my back; my shadow should be across from me, on the gigantic, convex wall of a white cloud. But there is none, only a multicolored glory, an iridescent, bright ring familiar to all pilots has brushed the cloud ahead of me.

I sigh with relief-this means nobody saw either me, or my "double" in the guise of a triangle, square, or a "banal" saucer... A thought occurs to me (I must say that despite the desperate technical and physical inconvenience, imagination works much better and faster in a "falling" flight): what if I am not the only one out of five billion people to have made my discovery; what if flying devices based on the same principle-both home-made and professional-have long been constructed and tested?

But all screening platforms have the same quality: sometimes they become visible to other people; pilots too are "transformed"-they are seen as "humanoids" in silver costumes, either short and green, or flat as if made of cardboard (Voronezh, 1989), etc. Thus it may very well be that these are not alien UFO crewmen, but "temporarily deformed"-of course to outside observers-earthly pilots and builders of little platforms, such as mine, who have made their inventions reliable.

My advice to those who in their study of insects comes across the same phenomenon and begin making and testing a "gravitoplane" (by the way, I am convinced that one can't make the discovery without insects) is this: to fly only on fine summer days, to avoid working in thunderstorms or rain, not to get too far or too high, not take a thing with you from the landing area, to make all assembly units maximally strong, and to avoid testing the device in the vicinity of any power lines, towns (let alone cities), transport, or people.

The best site for testing is a distant forest glade, as far away from human habitation as possible; otherwise a phenomenon known as poltergeist could occur in the radius of a few dozen meters-"unexplained" movements of household objects, switching off, or on, of household electric appliances, and even fires.

I myself have no explanation for all this, but it seems that these phenomena are the consequence of temporal disruptions, a complicated and treacherous thing. Not a single, even tiniest fragment or particle should be dropped either during the flight, or in the landing area.

Let us remember the Dalnegorsk phenomenon of January 29, 1986-apparently a tragic one for the inventors, when the entire device was blown apart and scattered on a vast area, and only small shreds of filter cells were found, impossible to analyze chemically (as it should be!). Remember, I wrote that insects taken "there" and moved "here" in a test tube disappeared, and a hole was formed in the tube, if it remained intact.

It turns out these holes resembled those in window glass; the latter sometimes appear in residential and office buildings, occasionally in "bursts" in the windows of several rooms and floors. A hole is 3-5 mm on the outside, widening in a cone to he inside, with exit diameter of 6-15 mm. Some holes are melted or colored in brown on edges-just as it happened in the case of my insect in a test tube.

It seems that this type of poltergeist is caused not, as I used to believe, by short-lived microplasmoids of a tiny ball lightening type, but by particles and specks carelessly dropped while testing a device similar to mine. The photographs of window holes on these pages are documentary and made by me at the scientific center of the Agricultural Academy near Novosibirsk. I can show them to anyone who wants to see them. These holes appeared during 1975-1990, but none of them, except perhaps the very last one, are related to my flights.

I am certain that part of UFO descriptions are actually those of platforms, panel blocks and other large parts of devices deliberately or accidentally taken out of the active field by their designers and makers. These fragments are capable of causing much trouble to others, or at best, to generate a series of improbable tales and stories in papers and magazines, often accompanied by "scientific" commentary...

Why am I not disclosing the particulars of my discovery at this time? Firstly, because one needs time and energy for proving the truth. I have neither. I know how daunting this task is from my own bitter experience of trying to get recognition for my previous discoveries, including such an obvious one as the Cavernous Structures Effect of whose reality you, my readers, I am sure, are by now convinced.

This was the result of my protracted, painstaking efforts to get the CSE scientifically recognized:
"Any further correspondence with you on the subject of your patent application is counterproductive."
I know personally some of the High Priests of Science, and I am certain that were I ever to get an audience with one such person (which is now practically impossible), were I ever to;
  • open my painter's case,
  • attach the pole,
  • turn the handle,
  • and soar to the ceiling,
he wouldn't be a bit impressed-or worse still, would order the trickster out of the office. I look forward to times when young people will replace these "priests".

The second reason for my "non-disclosure" is more objective. I found these antigravitational structures only in one species of Siberian insects. I am not even naming the class to which this insect belongs-it seems to be on the verge of extinction, and the population surge I registered back then was possibly local and final.

Thus, if I were to name the genus and the species, what is the guarantee that dishonest people, half-way competent in biology, would not rush out to ravines, meadows, and forests to catch perhaps the very last samples of this Miracle of Nature? What are the guarantees that they would not plough up hundreds of glades, cut down dozens of forests to get to this potentially lucrative prey? Therefore, let all I have related in this chapter and in the addendum remain science fiction; may Nature herself never reveal this secret to them-it would take a lot of effort, and they would never be able to get it by force as there are still several million insect species living on the planet. Spend at least an hour on the morphological study of each of them, then calculate the odds of encountering the Unusual, and I will sincerely wish you diligence and a very long life, for even if you took no days off, working eight hours a day, you would need a thousand years of life.

I hope I will be understood and forgiven by those of my readers who wanted immediate information about my discovery not for selfish ends, but simply out of curiosity. Indeed, what would you do in my place if you were to act in the best interests of Living Nature?

Besides, I can see that similar inventions have been made by other people who are also in no rush to take their discoveries to bureaucrats' offices, preferring to fly across night skies in the guise of strange disks, triangles, or squares with chatoyant (iridescent) glimmer.

Falling down, or rather sinking down, I orient myself, look to see if there is anyone around. I brake abruptly about forty meters from the ground, and land safely where I always do-on a tiny glade in the Big Forest of the preserve. You won't find it on a map, and if you get there, you won't be able to find it either.

Don't judge me for the fact that the branches of several aspens there are cut or sliced "by lightening": The strictly vertical take-off and landing are very difficult, and the initial trajectory is for the most part slanted, particularly at take-off, when the platform is for some reason carried off away from the sun, and sometimes the other way around.

I loosen the screws on the control pole, then shorten it like an antenna of a portable radio, and remove it from the platform which I fold in half. Now it looks like a painter's case, a box for paints, if only a bit thicker. I put the case, some food, and a few tools for repairing the fence in my backpack and make my way for the Middle Glade between aspens and short dog-rose bushes. Even before I leave the forest, I see a good omen-a family of fire-red toadstools that have lined up on the forest bedding in a wide curve, or, as it used to be called in folklore, a "witch's ring".

Why "witch's"? And in general, why does one have to break, knock off, trample this beautiful mushroom of Siberian forests? I often asked mushroom-pickers why they do it. The answer was, "because it's inedible!" But turf, clay, twigs, tree stumps, and stones are inedible too.

If there were rocks lying in the forest instead of mushrooms, no one would be knocking them off. It seems that inedible mushrooms are knocked off because they are alive; they are knocked off only in order to kill them! What is this then? Do people really have this in their blood-to knock off a mushroom, to crush a bug, to shoot a bird, a hare, or a bison? And is this not where boorishness, sadism, pogroms, and wars originate? One really wants not to believe it, but I put myself in the shoes of an alien: I come to Earth to visit humans and see them knock off mushrooms, crush insects, shoot birds and each other. What would I do? I would immediately turn my spacecraft around and go back. I wouldn't return for at least 500 earth years... What would you do, my reader, if you were an alien?

It's a good thing at least that this little family of toadstools is hidden from evil eyes and cruel feet. Every summer it gives me joy to see its special life, its cinnabar-red, moist caps with large, whitish scales. But here is the Glade. I step on it, as usual, with my heart sinking with a constant longing for this dear, faraway nature of Isilkul, with a fear that some "master" might decide to plough it up, and with a joy that it is still unploughed, uncut, and untrampled...

And it really means nothing that in my backpack I have a folded, i. e. neutralized platform with gravitational, micro-cellular filter blocks, and between them, a folded pole with field regulators and a belt with which I fasten myself to the pole.

What difference does it make that I got about fifty years ahead of contemporary science with my discovery? People are still going to master this and many other mysteries of Matter, Space, Gravitation, and Time.

But no supercivilization on any planet of any Supergalaxy is going to re-create this very Glade with its complex, fragile, trembling Life, with its lady's bedstraws, meadow sweets, and feather-grass...

Where else, in what corner of the Universe are you going to find a match for this lilac-blue bellflower in whose semi-transparent entrails two flower flies are doing their love dance? On what other planet would a nearly tame blue butterfly land on your outstretched hand to have a taste of something salty-sausage, cheese, or a pickle? Or else, just to walk up and down your palm, opening and closing its gray wings on whose backside there is a fine ornament of round eye-shaped spots?

...It hasn't been too long since we, humans, started flying-first air balloons, then airplanes, and now powerful rockets that we send to other heavenly bodies. What next? Next we are going to fly to other stars at a speed close to that of light; but even the closest galaxy would still be out of reach.

Yet Humankind-if it earns the name of Intelligent-will solve many riddles of the Universe and will then overcome that hurdle too. Then any worlds of the Universe will become accessible, close-even if they are trillions of light years away. It'll happen, for it is all a matter of Reason, Science, and technology. But of nothing else. Only this Glade may disappear if I-and there is no one else to rely on-am not going to preserve it for my close and distant descendants.

So what is more valuable to Humanity at this time-the insect preserve or the home-made device capable of developing the zenithal pull of at least 100 kg and the horizontal speed of 30-40 km/min? I am asking you, my reader. But think hard before you give a serious, responsible answer.

Look at these pictures. This is my rather simple device in assembly. A flexible cable inside a steering column trasmits movement from the left handle to the gravitational blinds. By joining or parting these "wing cases", I lift off or land. Once I lost the left handle in a free-falling descent and would have been in a better world if the platform hadn't dug out a rather deep well in the tillage-first a vertical one, then a horizontal, facing away from the sun. Thus I not only survived, but also felt almost no impact-just darkness. I extracted myself and my fairly badly damaged device from this well-but not without efforts as the "well" had no slag heaps!

I had to use all my ingenuity to disguise it. If seen from the road, it would have caused much speculation, and may even have led some over-zealous investigators to the culprit. Similar wells-also with a side-tunnel and without slag heaps-were suddenly formed on October 24, 1989 in the fields of Khvorostyansk District of Samara Region. Komsomol'skaya pravda described it in detail on December 6 of the same year. It seems I am not alone. And quite likely am "inventing a bicycle". Well, actually the top part of my device looks very much like one: the right handle is used for horizontal, onward march achieved, also via a cable, by the incline of both groups of "wing case" blinds. I never fly faster than 25 km/min, preferring to go ten times slower.

...I don't know whether I have persuaded you, my reader, that similar devices will soon be available to practically everyone, while Living Nature which humans cannot survive without won't be available to anyone if we don't save it.

But I don't want to seem entirely greedy and will give researchers another Patent of Nature, one also related to Movement and Gravitation. Physicists say that an unsupported mover is impossible. In other words, a device completely isolated from the environment won't fly or drive-a car won't go without outer wheels, a plane won't fly with a covered propeller or engine, neither will a rocket with stopped nozzles. Baron Münchhausen who managed to pull himself up by the hair from a mire is the only exception.

It happened near Novosibirsk in 1981 when we were studying the entomo-fauna of alfalfa-its pollinators and pests. Walking along the field, I was "mowing" alfalfa with an insect net and was then moving its contents-insects, leaves and flowers-into a glass jar. Such is the cruel method of studying the insect make-up of fields, no better one has been invented. Alas, such was the work with which I earned my living at the Institute of Agricultural Chemistry. I was about to throw a piece of ethered cotton wool into the jar and then cap it, when a light little cocoon jumped up at me.

It was oval-shaped, rather dense and non-transparent. One of the "prisoners" of the jar must have pushed it-cocoons can't jump on their own! But the cocoon proved me wrong: it jumped up one more time, hit the glass wall, and fell down. I took it out and put it in a separate test tube. At home I looked at it through a binocular microscope-nothing special, a cocoon like any other, about 3 mm long, 1.5 mm wide. Its walls felt strong to the touch-as they should. The cocoon energetically jumped when lit-or warmed?-by the sun; it was quiet in the dark. Its could jump 30mm longwise and, what was even more remarkable, up to 50mm high. As far as I could tell, it flew smoothly, almost without tumbling. No doubt, the larva of the insect was responsible for the movement. But it was impossible to see how it was happening.

Jumping ahead, I can tell you that the cocoon finally produced a male insect of the ichneumon family, the Batiplectes anurus species. It is beneficial for agriculture because its larvae parasitize the weevil, a pest of alfalfa.

The flying cocoon was finally to land in a cool place-for example, a crack in the ground. It must have found myself in my net during its strange journey, i. e. at the moment of its jump. It all resembled poltergeist-unexplained "jumps" of household objects, many times described in papers. I would put it on glass and look at it from below: could it be that the larva draws in its bottom and then abruptly releases it? Nothing of the kind-there were no dents at any point, and the cocoon jumped no matter how I rolled it. It was also remarkable that from horizontal, slippery glass it jumped sideways.

I measured its trajectories: they were up to 35 cm long and up to 50 mm high, that is, the cocoon lifted itself up to a height 30 times its own width! Shall I leave this capsule without support? But how? With a piece of loose cotton wool! I loosen a piece of cotton wool by pulling it a little, place the cocoon on this "cloud", put it out in the sun and impatiently wait. If the cocoon's inhabitant jumps by hitting the lower wall, making the cocoon to bounce off its support, this time it won't work because the impact will be absorbed by the thin, paddy fibrils of the cotton wool. Theoretically, the cocoon shouldn't even move. But no: it takes off from its motionless pad-up and aside, as it did before.

I measure the broad jump: 42 mm, i. e. as before. The insect must have been hitting not the bottom, but the top part of the cocoon-at any rate, it must have been doing something that caused the capsule to move.

Frankly speaking, it is as I write these notes that I feel agitation; back then, in 1981, I found nothing supernatural in the jumps of my prisoner. This was because I knew that, according to physics, there are and there can be no unsupported movers. Otherwise I would have bred a couple of hundred of those insects-thankfully, they were quite common-and would have studied the phenomenon thoroughly. Now let us fantasize a little: what if the batiplectes wanted to leave the Earth? An adult, winged insect would have no luck-our atmosphere is quite rarefied at the top, wings are no match for it. A larva in a cocoon is an entirely different matter. It could, in theory, after lifting its capsule 5 cm in a jump, take it up even further while in the air, then again and again... And if the cocoon were airtight-I mean the air reserve for the pilot's breathing-then the device would be able to leave the atmosphere and would have no obstacles to a limitless build-up of speed. Such is the alluring, incredible value of unsupported movers, declared, alas, a product of empty fantasy. But even if you are no physicist, you still have a hard time imagining what a tiny larva does in there if its vessel soars 5 cm high. It simply can't be-and yet it jumps!

Physicists say that this is "beyond science" as it "contradicts the laws of nature." The only problem is that the Batiplectes anurus doesn't know it. The physicists' ban must also have been unknown to the leading, experienced biologists who honestly wrote the following on page 26 of the academic Register of Insects of European USSR (vol. III, pt. 3): "the cocoon jumps up as a result of abrupt movements of the larva inside the cocoon." In a word, it is a working-and tested-example of a safe, unsupported mover. I am giving it to you, my reader: invent, design, build, and Godspeed! But hurry!

Massive chemical warfare has been waged against the alfalfa pest snout-beetle (phitonomus). Humanity may actually win it. But the price may be too great: with the destruction of the Phitonomus varnabilis beetle, our planet's fauna may also lose the ichneumon Batiplectes anurus as it parasitizes only this kind of weevil and cannot survive without it. Meanwhile, any proposals on using biological weapons against the pest-such as our very ichneumon and other insect predators are completely rejected by the bosses of Russian agriculture and agricultural science. I have been fighting them on this for years, but so far with little success.

However, one could understand those in charge too-how can one stop expensive chemical factories? And why do agrarian scientists care about some unsupported mover that doesn't allow alfalfa to be treated with poison? Hurry up, biologists, engineers, physicists! For if Chemistry wins, this Mystery-and with, a host of other Mysteries related to it-will leave people for ever. Without insects, people won't invent it themselves. Please trust me, an entomologist with 60-year experience.

At the end of my first book, A Million Riddles, published in Novosibirsk in 1968, there is a drawing that I am reproducing again: a man is flying over Novosibirsk's Academic City. He is flying a device based on a huge pair of insect wings. At the time I dreamed of inventing such a machine. Strangely, the dream came true precisely because of my friendship with insects-yet not by blindly copying the most noticeable parts-for example wings that only make me smile now-but through careful study of living Nature. Nothing would have been possible without my six-legged friends. No one would be able to do without them either. Thus safeguard their world, the ancient, wonderful world of Insect, for it is an infinite, unique treasure of Nature's mysteries! I beg you all, take care of it!


Artificial honeycomb


Take a dozen and a half papier-machet supermarket egg cases (30-egg variety), tie them up or glue them together (one on top of another) in such a way as to join the "teeth" to one another, not to the hollow spots.You will have large cells, similar to multi-cellular combs of a certain "paper" wasp, except many times larger. Fix the whole set (it can be enclosed in a case) over the head of a person sitting in a chair, with the bottom "comb" is 10-20 cm above the head. Leave the person there for 10-15 min. The "unnatural", unusual transformation of the spatial shape formed by the set can be picked up even by the palm of a hand. Experiment with couching seeds, or breeding microorganisms and insects under a "macrocomb" and compare the results with those of identical experiments conducted at least 2 m away from the comb. Repeat each pair of experiments several times.

"Iron comb"

. in a similar way, test the impact of common kitchen shredders piled up one on top of another, with their wire-edges down, small-hole shredders at the bottom, large-hole ones at the top.

Paper emanators of the CSE


Cut apart-longways-5 sheets of office paper and fold each of them accordion-like so as to get 10 edges and 20 surfaces. Squeeze the accordions to make them square and glue them on top of one another, turning each horizontally 30 degrees clockwise against the bottom one. Glue together, preferably out of dark paper, a conical, multi-layered "flower" with a few dozen petals; fluff up the petals. Test the emanators with by putting your palmon above the "flower" and underneath the suspended "accordion". Place them above the head of the sitting person, marking his sensations.

Foam plastic.

We are used to the fact that this excellent thermal insulator "reflects" the warmth of the hand even at a distance. But even if you cover it with dark paper, cardboard, or a tin plate, it would still do the same. This happens due to the work of multiple vesicular caverns of the material that produce the CSE.

Foam rubber.

It is widely known that a person used to sleeping on, say, a cotton wool mattress doesn't sleep well at first on a rubber foam one, or else is unable to sleep at all. This is a typical manifestation of the CSE. Later on, the organism adapts itself to this new bed.

"Mushroom CSE".

A hunter once told me that he warms up his hands in winter on bracket-fungi. Let us recall that the lower horizontal part of this tree fungus is full of fine comb-tubes through which spores fall out in summer. What the hunter felt was not warm but a typical CSE.

Moving "combs"


Make a wooden whipping top and drill several through caverns on its sides, pencil-width in diameter or a bit wider. Their CSE significantly increases if the top is rotated; this is easily perceived by the palm. This is due to the fact that the caverns must be numerically multiplying in space.

"Flower CSE".

An "unnatural" position of such a seemingly common and pleasant object as a living flower can also change its properties. Put a bunch of several dozen bell-shaped flowers (tulips, narcissuses, lilies, bell-flowers) upside down above the head of a sitting person. To bar the impact of odors, put the flower bunch in a plastic bag. Write to me about the results.

Wind-fallen trees.

One of my test subjects, a geographer, said to me after experiencing the effect of one of my "grids" that he had once had a similar sensation many years before, when he was passing a wind-fallen section of a forest. His head, ears, mouth, and the entire body felt something particularly unpleasant-the same thing he felt under my grid. This means that the abruptly disrupted shape of the normal multi-cavernous space of the forest for some time emanated waves unpleasant for humans.

Before the rain.

Place a shower nozzle on a tap and run cold water. Slowly move your hand toward the drops coming from the sides: most people feel "warmth". In reality, this is the CSE reinforced by the movement of ever new elements of the "multi-layered" grid-water drops and gaps between them. After practicing in the bathroom or kitchen, pick up an even stronger CSE from fountains and waterfalls. Even when the atmospheric pressure is high, the shroud of a distant rain creates a powerful CSE field that has its impact on a large area. Have you ever felt sleepy before the rain even in enclosed premises? The CSE cannot be screened.

"The CSE of a book".

Take a thick, preferably well-read book and place it upright on the edge of a desk with its back facing the direction of the sun (e.g. facing north at night). Open the book and fluff up its pages as evenly as possible. In a few minutes (the CSE does not appear immediately, as it doesn't disappear immediately ether), pick up with your palm, tongue, or back of your head some of the sensations mentioned in this chapter. This "tail", after some practice, can be picked up at a 2-3 meters' distance. It is also easy to verify that the "book CSE" is also non-screenable-ask someone to stand between the hadn and the book.

"A large cone" with an artificial comb filling and three magnets at the back.

Two cones of this sort, positioned against each other taking into account the position of the sun, were in the morning of April 23, 1991, thrown apart and disfigured. One had been placed in Isilkul, the other near Novosibirsk (the second one was unfolded and pressed into the wall of an underground hiding place; its magnets disappeared). At the same moment, residents of an Omsk apartment experienced a series of strangest "poltergeists" (see Vechernii Omsk for April 26 and Omsk and Moscow TV broadcasts). Because of this coincidence, on August 5, 1991, the same paper called the device in the picture "a Grebennikov's hyperboloid". Actually, one of the "beams" of the upright electronic waves between the two structures may have been formed precisely there, on the Irtysh embankment in Omsk.

"A medium cone".

Tightly insert a dozen plastic household funnels into each other and fix the structure on any support with the nozzles turned toward the sun. Cover the bell end of the top funnel with a net or light blue cloth (so that the tested subjects not anticipate heat).

"A small cone".

Tightly roll up two unusable rolls of film, tied them up with string or thread and make a bell-shaped cavity in the middle of the top roll. CSE emanations can be easily picked up by the palm, particularly in a counter-solar position. You will get interesting sensations if you press this "microcone" to your forehead.

"Perpetuum mobile".

I surrounded my above described device [for registering CSE emanations; a straw indicator suspended on a cobweb thread] with seven funnel-shaped rolls of film [see above]. Slowly leaving the zone of impact of one roll, the straw would enter the power field of another, then the third, and so on... This experiment is most successful in a sound-insulated chamber, away from wires, pipes, sources of heat, cold, and bright light. There is no miracle here: matter is eternal in its endless movement.

A solar ether- and beam radiator.

This intricate name was devised by the Leipzig professor Otto Kornschelt who discovered the CSE over 100 years ago and produced devices for its practical application in medicine, agriculture, and technology. Rhythmic caverns were formed in them by cooper chains. The devices were positioned with their backsides facing the sun. It is indeed true that new inventions are simply well-forgotten old ones. The sensations described by Kornschelt are identical to the ones I experienced in my own independent work. I learned about Korschelt's experiments very recently from M. Platten's New Medical Technique, vol. III, St. Petersburg, 1886, where the following drawing of the device is reproduced.

"The sieve CSE"

. In the old days, in several areas headaches and concussion symptoms were treated with an ordinary flour sieve that was held above the head of the patient, net up. Alternatively, the patient squeezed the rim between the teeth, with the net in front of the face. The sieve material is unimportant. The device works better if the patient faces the sun (north at midnight). This type of CSE is also perceivable by healthy people.

The CSE and the planets.

The planets of our Solar system are situated at certain distances from the sun. The Ticius-Bodet formula for the distance is this: 4 is added to the numbers 3, 6, 12, 36, etc (a geometrical progression), and the resulting number is divided by 10. The cause for this regularity is unknown. The empty spot in this progression (between Mars and Jupiter) is occupied by asteroids. The Kemerovo physicist V. Iu. Kaznev thinks that the regularity is determined by the CSE generated by the sun: the matter of planets was grouped in the areas of the sun's field force concentration.

The CSE in daily life.

Perceivable waves of matter are emanated by piles of pipes, some caves, underground tunnels, tree crowns; the shape of premises is also significant (round, cornered, cupolaed). The wall and furniture material also emanates a CSE of certain parameters.


The CSE effect may be manifested not just in galactic or household scales, but also in micro-world, in substances whose molecules have caverns of certain shapes. For example, in naphthalene. I filled a one-liter jar with it, sealed it, and suspended it from the ceiling. People beneath it felt with their palms a whole system of power field "clots". (more son if the receptacle was suspended above the top of the head). Activated charcoal is also a multi-cavernous structure. Hold 2-3 tablets of such charcoal in your fingers as demonstrated in the picture and for a few minutes move your hands slightly up and down, or parting and joining them. Write to me about the results.


I have so far isolated 4 CSE emanators beneficial for humans: bee honeycombs, a grid of joined hands (more about it in the next chapter), a sieve, a phylactery otherwise known as tefelin. What is it? An old device: a tightly sown leather cube attached to a leather platform with two bands. Inside the cube there are four strips of parchment-tightly rolled, bleached, soft kidskin with Talmudic inscriptions. A worshippers attached the device to his forehead, with the axes of parchment rolls perpendicular to the forehead and their outer ends facing East. It turns out, the inscriptions were unimportant; what matters is the material, shape, and dimensions. Made of different materials, the device only causes unpleasant sensations, while a leather tefelin produces a beneficial physiological effect-besides the shape and other factors, the microstructure of the material must have a part in it too.

Thot's Scepter.

The ancient Egyptian deity Thoth is a god of science, sorcery, and an "accountant" of the dead's earthly deeds. This is the design of his staff: 2- or 3mm copper wire is twisted at the end in the shape of a flat spiral, with 3-4 coils, each 10 cm in diameter'; closer to the handle there are 2 coils of transverse, 3-dimensional spiral, each 5 cm in diameter. The wire is inserted in the 16-cm-long square-sectioned handle of dense wood, 4 cm thick at base and 1.5 cm thick at its end; the entire staff with the wire is 41 cm long. The narrow end of the handle has 13 deep accordion-shaped cuts. The staff works even without the wire (albeit not as strongly); the wire is thin and could be of any material but works best if thickly insulated-two layers increases its effect. If you hold the staff as demonstrated in the picture, the total radiation emanating from the center of the large spiral, perpendicular to its surface, are very well-perceivable by the human palm on both sides. I never found out for what purpose ancient Egyptians used this "double-beam" emanator.

The Pyramid of Cheops.

Make a pyramid of 3-4 layers of thick, porous wrapping paper: 202x20 cm square base, ascending edges 19cm each. Glue it only at the edges, the tighter the better, but in a thin line. Make a 5-6 cm hole in the middle of one of the side facets. Hold a 10 cm-long piece of drawing coal in your fingers, or simply a pencil, and insert this indicator into the hole, slanting the other end toward the bottom of the pyramid. "Stir" the space inside the pyramid with the indicator, take it out, then repeat the procedure about 30 times. You will soon pick up an active zone-a "clot"-where the Egyptians had their tombs. Another active zone, above the top of the pyramid, is also well-perceived by the indicator if you drag its end over he top. After some practice, the "clot" and the "torch" are well-felt by the finger inserted into he pyramid, or a palm moved above it.

The pyramid effect that generated over the centuries many scary, mysterious stories is one of the CSE manifestations.

The pyramid skeleton. Similar interesting qualities are displayed by pyramids of the same dimensions but only skeletal, without facets-a skeleton glued together of 8 smooth, firm straws. Here we get the effect of the total CSE of the straws with their complex capillary structure and the effect of the entire cavern. Such pyramids can also be made in other sizes, with a proportional increase in the length of the edges. Hold such a pyramid above the head of your friend, bottom down, for about 5 min, then bottom up. Conduct additional experiments with insects (bumblebees, developing caterpillars, etc.), house plants, and perishable foods by placing the latter within the pyramid, above and underneath it (always checking your experiments by identical ones but without the CSE effect). And you will see that ancient Egyptians had their reason to build pyramids...


This is the name for a contactless movement of light objects of which the so-called gifted people are capable-i. e. moving a match box on a table without touching it, holding a tennis ball in the air... I submit that everyone has this ability. Suspend the described skeletal pyramid by its top from the ceiling on a thin, artificial thread, or better still on a long shred of elastic torn from a stocking. Choose a spot with the lowest convection (air circulation).

In a few hours, when the pyramid stops rotating, from a 2-meter distance point at it a "tube" made up of two hands (see picture). In a few minutes (do not lose your "target"), the pyramid will start rotating clockwise under the pressure of this beam of CSE energy. Stop the rotation by moving the "tube" to the right side of the skeleton-it will start rotating counter-clockwise.

Conduct experiments of various duration, after various time intervals and at various distance. You will see that telekinesis is no miracle, but only one of the manifestations of the Will of Matter that is available to a chosen few but to everyone. The thing is that the palm is also a multi-cavernous structure that clearly repels the indicator of the straw-cobweb device described in this chapter. By using it and the skeletal pyramid, you can practice and develop your "telekinetic" abilities, significantly increasing them.

"The CSE of cereals".

Fasten a bunch of 30-40 ripe wheat ears, better with short stems, inside a low cone of dark paper-as in the picture.
Hand-perceivable emanations repel the straw indicator of the same device through any screens-even sharper than some honeycombs.
This effect is produced by multiple wedge-shaped sinuses between ear scales that are directed at an acute angle toward the bottom of the ear.

Haymaking with "miracles".

In my youth, I was shown the following: a fragment of a cut stem, the length of a short pencil, was placed on the blade of a scythe, next to its blunt edge; another stem fragment of the same length, placed on the blade in the same manner but at some distance, was pushed by the hand to the first one. At about 8cm, the first stem got moving, "ran away" from the second stem along the rim. Th experiment wasn't always successful; it usually occurred right after the cutting a large amount of grass from the same spot; I forgot some elements or conditions of the experiment. I think the following factors were at work here: an abrupt change of the total CSE field on the "deformed" meadow (let us remember the windfall case), the grid of the reaper's fingers, the multi-cavernous properties of the stem itself, and perhaps its position against the morning sun. Static electricity is excluded as everything at that hour is wet.

Identified Flying Objects.

A long time ago, in a remote Caucasus village, I was surprised that people walk around the mountains at night, through dense forests. They all had lit cigarettes in their mouths, are all waving their hands, and their cigarette lights for a second disappear behind their bodies.... It turned out those weren't cigarettes, but local fireflies, Luceola mingredica; their light twinkle in this manner. Meanwhile, UFO reports and letters from my readers tell of dark flying saucers that turn out either a flock of birds or a compact swarm of insects . I myself saw in Siberia not just "columns" of insects but also "balls" , 3 or 4 meters in diameter: in one case those were some mosquito-like fliers, in another, winged ants of the Mirmica genus. From afar this swarm could by taken by an ignorant person for a huge, round plasmoid.

A detailed description of the CSE effect may be found in my book Mysteries of the World of Insects (Novosibirsk, 1990), in the journals Sibirskii vestnik selskokhoziastvennoi nauki, no.3, 1984, and Pchlovodstvo, no. 12, 1984. The physical nature of CSE is described in Non-periodic Galloping Phenomena in the Environment, vol. III (Tomsk, 1988). All in all I have published over three dozen articles on the CSE.

As promised, I will describe the rest in my next book. I will call it as I called this chapter: Flight.

NOTE from Jerry Decker : Victor S. Grebennikov died at the age of 74 in April 2001 as reported to KeelyNet in two phone calls to his surviving son Sergei.

This all came about from an email from a friend in Russia by the name of Youlain who sent in the URL some two years ago. When I saw the pictures of the platform, especially the one hovering over the ground I thought it was a hoax, but I couldn't stop thinking about it so translated the webpage in sections beginning with the technical descriptions. As correlations began to fall into place, I hesitated reporting it because his writing indicated psychogenic effects associated with these structures, meaning it could be hallucinations, delusions or daydreams perpetrated with jumping into the air while on the platform as what the TMers (Transcendental Meditation) devotees claim as 'flight'. However, other aspects of his claims led me to think he really had discovered something. With the idea of getting a copy of the book, I ended up sending some $200 to Yuri with the instructions being to take out the cost of the book and shipping, give the rest to the Professor. I did receive the book (Youlain bought his for $7.00 US but he lives in Russia.) Meanwhile, I had made a 'secret' page on KeelyNet whose URL I mailed out to long time trusted confidants to see what they thought about it since I valued their insights, opinions and knowledge, asking them to keep it on the QT until I heard from the professor direct, if possible. From their responses, new information was added. However, one of these long time confidants who over the years since the BBS days, shared much useful information, had now become infatuated with public attention and so posted the URL and claimed I was 'hiding' information in order to further his newfound career of public speaker and author. Very sad to see this but ego just took him over, so he's gone. In the meantime, Yuri had kindly provided me with the Professors mailing address and I immediately wrote to him in Russian, sending at least 5 packets over the next year of correlated information to him and all translated into Russian. In all that time I received only one letter from the Professor which stated he had suffered a stroke, that he had no degree and had learned what he knew from his experiences in 'gulags' (Russian prison of war) and was paralyzed on one side, having to type this letter with one finger. At the time of his response, he wrote he had received 3 of my letters, indicating in the letter that his son had withheld the ones I sent in February until May before he actually saw them. I asked his son in the phone call why they had not responded with but one letter in the past 2 years and he said the entire family had been ill, especially his father. Early in 2001 I asked Yuri if I flew over there and pre-arranged an interview with Professor Grebennikov, would he serve as translator and he agreed, that was roughly in February. It was only when I called Sergei in July, after the June KeelyNet conference, that I learned Professor Grebennikov was deceased. The Professor had written that he would like me to republish his book in English and so I was trying to get him to sign a copyright release to pursue that project. After his death, the rights would have gone to Sergei, so I asked him if he would be willing to sign such a release for a percentage of book sales and he didn't seem to comprehend the matter over two phone calls and a detailed letter with release form. The calls were made in Russian as translated by my Russian translator Helena. She also wrote and sent the letter with copyright release to which Sergei has not responded as of December 6th, 2001. It takes about two to three weeks for a letter to get from Dallas to his village near Novosibirsk and the same to get back. They don't offer UPS, FedX, or any faster means of snail communication and the Professor was not online, relegated to living on $24.00 US per month in his retirement. That is another reason I was considering publishing his book as his percentage would greatly improve his income level, that is irrelevant now. In the book, of the sections we have in English, he asks only to be recognized by his peers and in the history books as the discoverer of the CSE phenomenon. He has of course refused to reveal the name of the insect and even the genus, it could be a beetle, a butterfly, a bee, a wasp, a locust, a grasshopper, a dung beetle. There are some 1100 species of beetles in Russia. Professor Grebennikov was a great ecologist as you can tell by his protective attitude toward the environment. He was afraid if the name of the insect were revealed, people would rush to the area and kill off all of them. I wrote him in two separate letters that it was not necessary to know the insect name or genus. In order to allow verification, all we needed were TWO of the insect covers which could be analyzed under an electron microscope to determine geometry and dimensions, from that point, it should be possible to duplicate it artificially and the insect would be forever safe. I offered the Professor $1,000 US in cash if he could send me two of the covers (I sent money to pay shipping) AND they exhibited the gravity repelling characteristic he had seen. He indicates the effect was not magnetic, electrostatic or due to stray air currents. He never responded which his son claims was due to illness. At any rate, the entire book is currently being translated and my current plans are to extract technical information and compile it with other information which correlates and supports what the Professor claims. This will be sold through KeelyNet to recover my personal expenditures and to support KeelyNet along with further research, donations are greatly appreciated. There is a lot of weirdness going on with this. I asked Sergei if he could provide a couple of the covers, he said he didn't know what they were or where they came from. I then asked him what happened to his fathers flying platform, he said (in a hesitant and halting fashion) his father had hidden it and he didn't know the location. We have since read an email from a Russian scientist who visited Professor Grebennikov in the hospital and claims he was told firsthand that he had smashed the platform to pieces. Sergei also said many people had been contacting he and his father since the publication of the book some 6-7 years ago, with everyone wanting the secret, but his father had never revealed it. Numerous posts have been made to the KeelyNet Interact discussion list on cavities, nanostructures, arrays, chitin, dielectrics and related subjects for those who are interested in this claim. Additional information has been posted in the Chaos file, the Time Dilation file and in dual presentations (Decker & Davidson) made at the June KeelyNet 2001 conference in Dallas (available on videotape). See also Dan Davidsons' experiments with shape power and Joe Parrs original discovery of energy bubbles in pyramidal structures. Many are involved in this and have widely varying views. At this time, we have no verfiable experimental evidence of the late Professor Grebennikovs wide-ranging and earth-shaking claims. As you can see, they span all branches of science, philosophy and theosophy, shedding quite new and novel views on the nature of gravity, time and paranormal experiences. We will continue to correlate information and try to pin down experiments that can verify various aspects of his claims. He has certainly provided many experiments that seem to rely mostly on human perceptions. We need to find ways to detect these emanations with instrumentation, exactly the same problem we have with Aether/ZPE, we need a kind of attachment for a FLUKE meter and a scope to be able to qualify and QUANTIFY these kinds of energies. I would like to add one further comment, please do not confuse time dilation with time travel. They are not remotely the same. Time dilation simply slows down the local temporal field of an object, kind of like a 'stasis' field on Star Trek so that anything outside this local area moves at the normal speed, while anything inside this field ages at a slower rate. Refer to the Time Dilation file. The Professors' friend and associate is Yuri N. Cherednichenko.
If you have comments, ideas or information relevant to the above, please post it to the KeelyNet discussion list or send it to Jerry Decker for posting to the list, thanks!
Additional fascinating information relating to weight loss in sleepwalkers was provided by Slavek Krapelka and with full details posted at his website at;
Amazing Sleepwalking Experiments
Again, we want to publicly acknowledge the efforts of Slavek Krapelka and Ren Berghuis for spending the $300.00 to get the Chapter 5 file translated and passing it on. If you would like to contribute something to help them recover their costs, please send an email to Ren Berghuis for information on how to do so. THANKS!!! So FEW people actually contribute with anything more than comments or looking for free material researched or validated by others. There is more information which will be added to this page or linked in future.
Additional information from our translator that might be of use;
"The only specific insect I've seen mentioned thus far of possibly interest was the one I identified in the portion of the 'Flight' chapter you saw, the bee, 'Halictus quadricinctus'. It seems that particular subspecies is native to Siberia, although most of the other references sound fairly generic."
A picture of the mudnest and the Halictus Quadricinctus photos I found on the web;
1. Trigona (Heterotrigona) lutea Bingham
2. Trigona (Heterotrigona) laevicpeps Smith
3. (Micrapis) florea Fabricius
4. Trigona (Heterotrigona) vidua Lepeletier
5. Ctenoplectectra davidi Vachal
6. Apis (Megapis) laboriosa Smith
7. Eucera pekingensis Yasumatsu
8. Tetralonia chinensis Smith
9. Habrophotula nigripes Wu
10. (pupae)
11. (larvae)
12. Xylocopa (Biluna) tranquabarorum (Swederus)
13. Halictus camellia Wu
14. *** Halictus quadricinctus Fabricius ***
15. ??
16. Osmia excavata Alfken

 Pyramid Power
 The enhanced energy field created by pyramids has become a popular field of study in recent decades. Dr. Patrick Flanagan, an electronics genius with hundreds of patented inventions, published a book on pyramid power in 1973. He believes the five angles of the pyramid project a beam of radiation towards the centre - the "fire in the middle."Flanagan calls this amplified life-giving force "biocosmic energy," though science has not yet understood the specifics of this energy. Karel Drbal, a Czechoslovakian engineer and pyramidologist, described the pyramid as "a kind of cosmic antenna, tuning into sources of energy of vaster intensity and then focusing it into its centre."

With Kirlian photography Patrick Flanagan demonstrated that while most of the positive energy is focused within and beneath the pyramid, some is also diffused from the five points. Many who have stood on top of the Great Pyramid have described sensing a high energy field or electrical charge.

Since the 1970s engineer Joe Parr, a member of the Great Pyramid of Giza Research Association, has written about theoretical "mass particles" that the pyramid shape attracts and traps. He states that these particles produce an orb-like energy field or "containment bubble" around any true pyramid, which shields out other energies. Using his gamma ray transducer he was able to study this energy field, which emanates from the one-third height level of the pyramid, the geometric centre (which he pinpoints as the Queen's Chamber in the Great Pyramid). He claims this centre holds three mass particles captive as long as there is space for ions to flow. He found that sun spot activity and the phases of the moon had an effect upon the intensity of a pyramid's energy field, and that at certain times of the year the field would block all electromagnetic radiation and even the force of gravity.

In 1968 Dr. Luis Alvarez, a Nobel prize winner in physics, tried to ascertain whether there might be secret chambers or passages in Khefre's pyramid (the middle pyramid on the Giza plateau, only slightly smaller than the Great Pyramid), by measuring how cosmic rays passed through it. Normally the recording device would show a drop in energy if cosmic rays were passing through an empty space rather than through stone. In this case the recording tapes, when analyzed by computers, showed that the cosmic particles could not be measured - every time the tapes were run, the patterns were different. The cosmic particles rearranged themselves and some of the data disappeared altogether. "This is scientifically impossible," said one of the scientists, Dr. Amr Goneid ... there is some force which defies the laws of science at work in the pyramid."

Modern pyramidology had its beginnings in the 1920s when Antoine Bovis, a Frenchman visiting the Great Pyramid, noticed that the bodies of small animals - bats, mice and cats - which had died in the King's Chamber were completely preserved by dehydration. Back home in Nice he built a scale model of the Great Pyramid, placed a dead cat about one-third up, and found that the body indeed did not decay but mummified.

His model, on display with preserved animals in his store window, was seen by a young man, Hubert Larcher, who later conducted his own investigations into pyramid power. He wrote to Karel Drbal, telling him of Bovis's discoveries and writings. Drbal performed his own experiments and discovered that if a dull razor blade was left at the one-third level of a model pyramid, it would regain its sharpness within a week and would remain sharp if kept inside the pyramid (which, as for all experiments, must be facing magnetic north, with the edge of the blade facing north also). His Gillette Blue Blade which normally gave five shaves could now be used for fifty shaves or more. Drbal theorized that the energy waves in the pyramid caused the metal molecules to return to their original form. He went on to create and patent a Cheops Pyramid Razor Blade Sharpener.

The razor-sharpening effect brought pyramid power into the public eye. Anyone can duplicate the experiment, using a pyramid model in the proportions of the Great Pyramid. Regular double-edged blades can be used but single-edged blades without a stainless steel or platinum coating are better. Use a dull blade or dull it with a toothbrush, and leave it in the pyramid for a week.

Sheila Ostrander and Lynn Schroeder's 1970 book Psychic Discoveries Behind the Iron Curtain verified the dehydration of organic matter and sharpening of blades by pyramid shapes. With the publication of Pat Flanagan's book and another by Max Toth and Greg Nielsen, "pyramid power" became popular and many people began their own experimentation.

Scientists and interested amateurs have performed experiments with plants, seeds, metals, food and liquids inside pyramids. Bill Schul and Ed Pettit placed identical containers of milk inside and outside a pyramid. Within a week the milk outside grew mould, whereas the milk inside the pyramid formed curds, and six weeks later turned into a smooth creamy yogurt. An experimenter named James Raymond Wolfe put a pint of water within a pyramid for a week and a control pint outside the pyramid. His assistant filled numbered vials with the resulting water and Wolfe watered groups of sunflower seeds, not knowing which water was which. In every case the seeds watered with the pyramid-charged water grew faster. Patrick Flanagan also verified that seeds germinated more easily and plant growth was accelerated by pyramid power. Seeds kept beneath a pyramid will produce a richer yield, and pulses sprouted with pyramid power are richer in vitamins, minerals and enzymes. Not only do plants grow faster beneath pyramids but they remain free of pests.

Bill Schul and Ed Pettit noted significant difference in the growth rate of plants beneath pyramids and wondered if they would be able to capture it with time-lapse photography. What their photography showed was "plants gyrating in a symphonic dance as though orchestrated by an unseen conductor." Their first film showed a six-inch-tall sunflower placed in a glass pyramid at the one-third height level. "The plant followed an east-west cyclic movement. It bowed to the east nearly touching the base, swept a semicircle to the south and back to the west and finally straightened to the vertical before starting the dance once more. The movement was repeated every two hours ...." The authors observed this east-west movement for two years, then abruptly the plants started to move instead in a north-south arc, presumably due to some change in the environment or atmosphere.

An aluminum screen placed to the west of the plants would stop the plants' gyrations, since aluminum blocks a pyramid's energy field. Similarly, seeds placed on aluminum foil in a pyramid will sprout slowly - but aluminium's blocking effect is overcome if the foil is left in a pyramid for two weeks or more. Amazingly, the foil then carries its own pyramid energy and it will enhance seed growth and cook food faster.

Jules Green of the Psychical Research Society experimented with flowers. Taking four roses, he placed two under pyramids, one under a cube, and one in the open air. He did the same with four tulips. After a week, the flowers exposed to the air had withered, while the others were still fresh. The roses and tulips in the pyramids, however, had actually grown.

Patrick Flanagan investigated pyramid effects on plants, water, animals and people. He was particularly enthusiastic about the pyramid's ability to preserve food - foods and beverages stay fresh longer and acquire enhanced flavour. Fruit is preserved indefinitely by dehydration.

The Great Pyramid Company explains how pyramids inhibit natural decay: "Pyramids don't kill bacteria. However the bacteria feed by absorbing nutrients as entropy breaks the tissues down. In a pyramid there is so little entropy that the bacteria barely survive and don't multiply prolifically. Food therefore stays fresher longer and has a chance to dehydrate before it goes bad."

Medicines stay fresh beneath a pyramid for the same reason: destructive energies are deflected and positive energy is enhanced. Pyramid-charged water is energizing and aids digestion; it also helps wounds and skin conditions to heal faster. A small pyramid placed over a wound will likewise speed healing. Polluted water can be in several days beneath a pyramid.

Since a pyramid holds positive energy and deflects negative wavelengths, it will cleanse and empower crystals, and brighten tarnished jewellery. Tarnish can be removed quickly from gold and silver by pyramid-treated water.

Many people report feeling revitalized, with sense-perceptions sharpened, after spending time within a pyramid. As well, some experience an internal tingling, and sometimes a "distant ringing" sound, as the pyramid shape focuses and resonates beneficial sound vibrations.

In The Secret Power of Pyramids, Bill Schul and Ed Pettit report that people spending time sitting beneath pyramids have claimed relief from many ailments. In their chapter on "Healing Powers" they report that healing has occurred rapidly in cases of sprains, cuts, bruises, toothache, backache, strains, congestion, and infections. They mention that people sitting within pyramids sometimes report seeing a blue light, which research has shown to have cooling, healing properties. In Pyramid Power, Max Toth and Greg Nielsen state that people sitting or sleeping near even a model pyramid have reported the alleviation or disappearance of pain or symptoms of illness. Schul and Pettit postulate that the pyramid energy field tends to produce healthier functioning of cells, tissues, and organs. They point out that since the pyramid shape offers a heightened energy field, while a cube inhibits energy, it does not serve us to live in cube-shaped homes.

Not surprisingly, people experience enhanced effects when meditating beneath pyramids. Changes in the meditator's aura (electromagnetic field) have been noted with Kirlian photography - auras become brighter and larger. Meditators report deeper relaxation, an enhanced sense of well-being, and increased levels of awareness. The positive energy flow in the pyramid facilitates deeper focus.

Patrick Flanagan tested the brain waves of people as a pyramid was lowered over their heads. Their alpha waves became much stronger and meditation became deeper. As well, he found that he required less sleep and felt more rested when sleeping under a pyramid. The Great Pyramid Company, which sells pyramids for meditation and sleep, states that sleeping under, rather than inside, a pyramid is preferable, since "the energy is softer and quieter."Having a pyramid beneath one's bed can also have a calming effect.

A pyramid aids meditation because it focuses harmonious energy while deflecting distracting energies:

Distractions are unordered, disharmonic energy. [A] pyramid guards against external interference while helping you corral your own maverick thoughts. The pyramid focuses positive energy within you, which is precisely your goal. As you enter your reflective state the pyramid assists you at every step. Meditation is faster, deeper and more rewarding.

Bill Schul and Ed Pettit researched the effects of meditation inside a pyramid, by asking people to try it for the first time and describe their experiences. The common feelings were of calmness, peace, harmony and relaxation, as well as mild euphoria, feelings of being "charged" with renewed energy, and a sense of detachment from the physical world and everyday concerns. Some experimenters experienced a focus of energy on their heart. One reported: "The first impression was peaceful silence ... and I was very aware of my heart. There was a power of some kind going to the heart, or coming from the heart. The entire body seemed to take on a vibration - a tingle..."

People meditating in a pyramid regularly have received strong spiritual and psychic impressions, as well as enhanced dreams and visions, vivid visual imagery, and increased memory recall.

Some writers suggest placing wishes and prayers inside the pyramid to help focus one's energy on the issues, or facing in the four directions to enhance specific areas of life: For example, one can sit in the pyramid facing east to focus on love, harmony, and peace; west for health; north for material abundance, and south for protection and safety - the principle being that the pyramid energy will help to materialise these desires.

Experiments have shown copper to be the best metal for an open-frame meditation pyramid, due to its natural electronic and bio-enhancing properties, but pyramid structures of cardboard, wood or bamboo are effective too, if built to the same proportional dimensions as the Great Pyramid.

The Great Pyramid enshrined and preserved timeless knowledge which is still challenging us to unlock its secrets today. As well, Edgar Cayce and others have claimed that a Hall of Records lies buried beneath the Great Sphinx, containing records and artefacts from Atlantis and even more ancient civilizations. Suffice to say that there are mysteries still to be revealed on the Giza Plateau. In The Secret Power of Pyramids, Bill Schul and Ed Pettit described the Great Pyramid as "an instrument for human growth." As we delve into its history and learn more about the ancient wisdom it embodies, we learn more about human capacity and evolution. We are only beginning to understand the vast antiquity of the human race and the advanced scientific and metaphysical knowledge which ancient civilizations possessed, and which the Great Pyramid conveys to us across millennia.

Effects/Experiments With Pyramid/Orgone Energy

The following information is partly from my experiments, and what I have read from The Pyramid Energy Hand Book By Serge V. King, Ph.D, which is no longer in print. My personal experiments are documented else-where. This information should be correct, as the book was very good about keeping the facts straight. All of my experiments thus far remain consistent with the book's claims, so it should be safe to say the rest is correct.

First of all here are some of the things a pyramid is suppose to do:

Sharpen razor blades
Restore the lustre to tarnished jewellery and coins
Purify water
Mummify and dehydrate meat, eggs and other food stuffs
Help keep milk fresh and prevent souring without refrigeration
Dehydrate flowers without losing their form or colour
Increase the growth rate of plants
Help attain increased relaxation
Improves the taste of coffee, wine and certain fruit juices
Promotes healing of cuts, bruises and burns, as well as reduces pain from toothaches and headaches.

There are several important things to keep in mind when experimenting with Pyramids. First, the object you are treating should NOT exceed 5% of the pyramid's volume. Other-wise the energy is spread to thin, and not much happens. The exception is when sitting or sleeping under a pyramid. For this, a pyramid with a 6 ft base (or larger) works good.
Second, and this is really critical, the pyramid MUST be aligned to magnetic north to work! The energy is very weak when it is out of alignment, so you want to get it aligned as good as possible. It will still work if it is a little out.
Also if you are using it to boost your plant's growth you do need to be careful. Just as too much fertilizer is bad for plants, too much orgone is too. Some plants don't mind it, but others can't take a lot. If a plant is getting too much it will start to wilt. There are several ways to regulate the energy. The best way to prevent over-dose on plants is to treat water with Pyramids and water them with the pyramid water. You can't over dose them doing that. Humans can over-dose too. If you have been under a pyramid too long you can start to get a head-ache, if you still stay it becomes nausea and light headed. If you still refuse to leave, it will pass and one feels quite good. So there don't seem to be any damaging effects (you fingers don't shrivel up!), but I wouldn't recommend staying under to long if it causes discomfort.

Experiments with Pyramids
Water Alteration
Water is not "purified" under a pyramid, as the claims say, however it is chemically altered. Water is a polar molecule. The hydrogen bond is what allows this change to occur. The orgone energy produced by the pyramid polarizes, lines up, or somehow alters the hydrogen bond. This alters not only the taste of the water but some of it's chemical properties as well. Water that is "charged" with pyramid/orgone energy can pass on the energy to other things. Watering plants with pyramid water will help them grow better. Some people drink pyramid water too. If you would like to made lots of pyramid water to drink, put a gallon or less of water under a large frame pyramid (6ft base) and leave it for a hour. Treating small amounts of water under a small or large pyramid, takes only 10 to 15 minutes.

Sharpen razor blades
This sounds really strange, but it's true. A dull razor blade is impregnated with water molecules. Now a pyramid creates a condition of microwave-dehydration (on non-living things), and removes the water from the steel. The moon cycles can affect results, as the moon cycles affect earth's magnetic field, and pyramid energy is related to magnetism (that's why you have to have the pyramid lined up to magnetic north. The blade sharpens best when it is lined up east-west, and the pyramid north-south. The razor is put under the pyramid after each use. A cheap razor that lasts 5 good shaves will last 50 or more. I have heard reports of as high as 250 as well. With the lunar cycles affecting the pyramid, sometimes one will get a poor shave one night. Don't end the experiment, it will pick up again the next day. Now this is not a totally alien process, it just speeds up natural ones. If you leave a razor for 2 months it will lose the water, and "sharpen" itself. The pyramid does this over night. Pyramids will keep the blade sharp, but I think it takes a long time to sharpen a dull one. Try 2 weeks and see it it helps. It's best to start with a fresh blade and maintain it. Using good quality razors and pyramids together can help a razor last for many, many uses.

Restore the lustre to tarnished jewellery and coins
Pyramid energy will loosen tarnish off coins and jewellery. Leave the object under the pyramid for several days first. Then the tarnish will rub off very easily. This is likely due to the microwave-dehydration breaking the tarnish's hold loose.

Mummify and dehydrate meat, eggs and other food stuffs
This is a most interesting effect of pyramid energy, and is due to the microwave dehydration. Meat, and other types of food will dry out quickly under a pyramid. For this type of experiment the samples should be sealed, unless using a frame pyramid. Other-wise the pyramid creating a closed space will affect results. The Egyptians had a very effective way of mummifying their dead, I believe this is how they did it.

Help keep milk fresh and prevent souring without refrigeration
Milk will stay fresh longer under a pyramid without refrigeration. This is because the micro-organisms that make the milk spoil cannot withstand the orgone energy, they don't like it.

Dehydrate flowers without losing their form or colour
The microwave-dehydration accelerates the drying process of the flowers faster than normal. I would recommend using a large frame pyramid for this, as the enclosure of a solid pyramid might counter act the effect. Also because of the 5% rule.

Increase the growth rate of plants
Orgone energy is good for plants, in moderation. Too much orgone can be harmful to some plants. Some can take more than others. The best way to prevent over-dose in plants is to water them with treated water. You can't over-dose hardly anything doing this. If a plant begins to wilt it has too much orgone, and needs to be given less.

Help attain increased relaxation
Pyramid energy puts the mind into a alpha-theta state which is one of relaxation. Animals quiet down under pyramids as well.

Improves the taste of coffee, wine and certain fruit juices
Pyramid energy alters the hydrogen bond in water. A general effect is a increase in the "smoothness" of a drink. It takes the sharp "edge" of drinks like coffee. Works well with wine too.

General healing
Promotes healing of cuts, bruises and burns, as well as reduces pain from toothaches and headaches
The title says it all. In general pyramid energy is good for multi-cellular organism. It is harmful to micro-organisms, which is good for killing infections and what not. I have also read that you don't get colds and the flu if sleeping under a pyramid.

Sleeping/Sitting Under a Pyramid
Sleeping under a small 8" base pyramid can have some small positive effects. Sleeping under a large pyramid (6ft) has several benefits. First less sleep is needed. Also you will have vivid lucid dreams. Because mirco-organism don't like orgone you should get sick less. Some people meditate under a pyramid. Pyramid energy puts your mind into a theta-alpha state. This also what causes the lucid dreams, and puts the mind in a creative mood when you are awake. I have heard that some people study under a pyramid for this reason.

 A Practical Guide to Free-Energy Devices     
 Hans Coler.   A German naval captain called Hans Coler invented a COP>1 generator in 1925.   He called this device the ‘Stromerzeuger’ and for a few watts from a dry battery it provided 6 kW continuously.   He was refused development support because it was “a perpetual motion machine”. Hans also invented a passive device which he called the ‘Magnetstromapparat’.   His unit required very careful and slow adjustment to get it operating but when it started it continued on test in a locked room for three months of continuous operation.   Nobody, including Hans, seems any too sure how this device works but it is presented here in case you wish to research it further.   It comprises six bar magnets wound as shown here.   Some are wound in a clockwise direction when looking at the North pole and these are called “Right” those wound in an anticlockwise direction are called “Left”:

These six magnets are arranged in a hexagon and wired as shown here:

And the schematic diagram is:

One extremely interesting feature of this passive device is that it has been witnessed producing 450 mV for several hours; it was capable of developing up to 12 Volts.   The witnesses were quite sure that it was not picking up radio or mains input.   So, what was it picking up?   With magnets as the key component, it seems clear that it is the zero-point energy field which is being accessed, but clearly, the access represents a vanishingly small percentage of the actual power available

To operate the device, the switch is left in the open position, the magnets are moved slightly apart and the sliding coil set into various positions with a wait of several minutes between adjustments.   The magnets are then separated still further and the coils moved again.   This process is repeated until at a critical separation of the magnets, a voltage is developed.   The switch is now closed and the process continued more slowly.   The voltage then builds up to a maximum which is then maintained indefinitely.   The position of the apparatus in the room and the orientation of the device had no effect on the output.

The magnets were selected to be as nearly equal in strength as possible and the resistance of the magnet and coil were checked after winding to make sure they were as nearly equal as possible (about 0.33 ohms).

As far as I am aware, nobody has managed to produce a successful replication of either of the Hans Coler devices, which is a pity since it seems clear that these devices have the potential to indicate the nature of the zero-point energy field and possibly, how it may be tapped efficiently.

A very neat construction of the Coler ‘Magnetstromapparat’ by an unknown German experimenter is shown below - I’m afraid without permission as I have no idea who he is or how to contact him to ask his permission.   The quality of workmanship is impressive and the result is a very professional looking device.   Notice the sliding coil arrangement at the bottom left with one coil being positioned closely inside another and held in place where the experimenter chooses:

Thomas Trawoeger.   One thing which is quite certain, and that is the fact that at this point in time, our technical know-how has not yet encompassed the zero-point energy field properly.   It is by no means obvious how the Hans Coler device operates, and if we understood the technology properly, we would be able to say with certainty, exactly how and why it operates, and ways to improve it would be obvious.   As it is, all we can do is look at it and wonder, possibly try a few experiments, but the bottom line is that we do not yet understand it.   This is the normal situation in the early days of any new field of technology.

It is also quite usual for pioneers in any new field to encounter a good deal of opposition, mistrust, and generally disheartening treatment from other people.   That is certainly the case for Thomas Trawoeger from Austria, who has progressed well in the passive energy field.   He has suffered repeated web-based attacks with his display material being destroyed and web sites being made inoperable.

So, what makes some people so afraid of Thomas?   The answer is that he is experimenting with shapes.   That doesn’t sound too terrible does it?   Well, it certainly bothers some people, which suggests that he must be on the verge of uncovering a mechanism for drawing serious amounts of power from the zero-point energy field.

Thomas is by no means the first person to examine this area, but he is one of the first to consider drawing serious amounts of electrical energy from the local environment using shape and an appropriate detector.   Obviously, this is the same area that Hans Coler was investigating, and it appears that Thomas has managed to tap a continuous 8 watts of electrical energy using a wholly passive device.

As we are not all that familiar with this type of technology, we tend to dismiss it as being a “crackpot” area, not worthy of investigation by serious scientists.   It is actually, very far from being that in reality, and it just indicates our serious lack of technical understanding if we dismiss it out of hand.   Two hundred years ago, the idea of a television set would definitely have been considered a “crackpot” pipe dream, far, far away from reality.   Today, any schoolchild would be horrified at the thought of a TV set being considered “crackpot”.   So, what has changed?   Only our level of technology, nothing else.   In another two hundred years time, when the zero-point energy field is fully understood, people will look back with a smile at the though of people like us who didn’t know how to draw any amount of energy, freely from the environment, and they will laugh at the thought of burning a fossil fuel to produce energy from a chemical reaction.   That, of course, does not help us at all in this time of our ignorance, and we still have to deal with the sort of people who thought that the horse-drawn cart would never be superseded.

The scientific method has been established for a long time now.   Essentially, observations are made, experiments are performed and a theory is produced which fits all of the known facts.   If additional facts are discovered, then the theory needs to be modified or replaced by another which includes all of the new facts.   Established scientists find it difficult to adhere to the scientific principle.   They are afraid of losing their reputation, their job or their funding and so are reluctant to investigate any new facts which indicate that some of their best-loved theories need to be revised.   Fortunately, not being in the business, we can take new facts on board without any problem.   In the light of what certain shapes do, this is just as well.

Let us see if we can put this in perspective.   Consider an intelligent, well-educated person living several hundred years ago.   Looking skyward at night, he sees the stars.   At that time, the theory was that the stars were fixed to a ‘celestial sphere’ which rotates around the Earth.   That was a perfectly good theory which matched the known facts of the time.   In fact, the concept matches the observed facts so well that some people who teach Astro Navigation to sailors still find it to be useful in teaching the subject today.   If you told the average person of those days, that the stars were not very small but very large indeed, that the Earth is orbiting around the Sun and in fact, the Sun is one of those ‘tiny’ stars, then you would have been considered one of the ‘lunatic fringe’.

Next, if you were to tell that person that there were invisible forces passing through the walls of his house and even through him, he would most certainly rate you as a bona fide member of the ‘lunatic fringe’.   However, if you then took several compasses into his house and demonstrated that they all pointed in the same direction, he might start to wonder.

Now, just to really establish your membership of the ‘lunatic fringe’ you tell him that one day there will be invisible rays passing through the walls of all buildings and that these rays will allow you to watch things happening on the other side of the world.   Finally, to complete the job, you tell him that there is a substance called uranium, and if he were to carry a piece around in his pocket, it would kill him by destroying his body with invisible rays.

Today, school children are aware of, the Solar System, magnetic lines of force, television and X-rays.   Further, as the scientific theory has caught up, these children are not considered part of the ‘lunatic fringe’ but this knowledge is expected of them as a matter of course.   The only thing which has changed is our understanding of the observed universe.

At the present time, we are faced with a number of observations which do not fit in with the scientific theories of some of the current educational establishments.   If we consider these things seriously, we run the risk of being considered part of the ‘lunatic fringe’ until such time as scientific theory catches up with us again.   So be it, it is better to examine the facts than to pretend that they don’t exist.

Present theory has worked well enough up to now, but we need to take on board the fact that since it does not cover all of the facts, it needs to be extended or modified. So, what observed facts are causing a problem? Well:

1. In Quantum Mechanics it has been found that some pairs of particles are linked together no matter how far apart they are physically.   If you observe the state of one of the pair, the state of the other changes instantly.   This happens far, far faster than the speed of light and that does not fit neatly into present theory.

2. If a substance is cooled down to Absolute Zero temperature, it should be completely motionless, but that is not the case as movement can be observed.   This movement is caused by external energy flowing into the frozen material.   That energy, observed at Absolute Zero temperature is called ‘Zero-Point Energy’.   So where does that fit into the theory?

3. There are several devices which are self-powered and which are capable of powering external loads.   These things appear to act in defiance to the Law of Conservation of Energy.

4. The Aspden Effect (described below) indicates that current theory does not cover all of the facts.

5. It is now known and fully accepted by science that more than 80% of our universe is composed of matter and energy which we cannot see.

6. Even though our Sun is losing some five tons of mass per second, it radiates more energy than can be accounted for by the fusion of the amount of matter which would cause this loss of mass.

7. The inner core of the Earth is hotter than present theory would expect it to be.

These things indicate that there is something in our universe which is not properly covered by current theory.   The present theory thinks of space as being a volume which contains no matter, other than perhaps, a tiny amount of inter-stellar dust.   And while space can be traversed by radio waves and many other types of radiation, it is essentially empty.

This concept is definitely not correct.   All of the odd observed facts suddenly fit in if we understand that there is an additional field which streams through all of space and passes unnoticed through all matter.   This field is composed of particles so tiny that they make an electron appear enormous.   These particles may in fact be the ‘strings’ of String Theory.  What is sure, is that this stream of matter contains virtually unlimited energy.

It is the energy seen at Absolute Zero as it is continually streaming in from outside the cold area.   It flows to us from every direction and the sun being a major source of it, augments the flow we receive during the daytime.   This accounts for the variations seen by T. Henry Moray during the night when the energy he was picking up decreased somewhat.

This matter stream acts like a very dense gas except for the fact that effects in it have effectively zero propagation time.   This accounts for the widely separated particles having what appears to be simultaneous reactions to a stimulus.   Einstein’s idea of the speed of light being an absolute maximum is definitely wrong, as has been demonstrated in the laboratory.

In the early stages of investigating a new field, it can be quite difficult to work out how to approach it, especially if the field is entirely invisible and can’t be felt.   The same situation was encountered in the early days of magnetism as lines of magnetic force are not visible and cannot be felt.   However, when it was observed that iron was affected by magnetism, a mechanism was discovered for displaying where the invisible lines are located, by the use of iron filings.   Interestingly, the presence of an iron filing alters the lines of magnetic force in the area as the lines “have a preference for” flowing through the iron.   Also, the iron filings used in school demonstrations do not show the actual lines of magnetic force correctly as they themselves become tiny magnets which alter the lines of force which they are supposed to be showing.

We are still in the early stages of investigating the Zero-Point Energy field, so we have to consider anything which has an effect on this invisible field.   One observed effect was found by Harold Aspden and has become known as the ‘Aspden Effect’.   Harold was running tests not related to this subject.   He started an electric motor which had a rotor mass of 800 grams and recorded the fact that it took an energy input of 300 joules to bring it up to its running speed of 3,250 revolutions per minute when it was driving no load.

The rotor having a mass of 800 grams and spinning at that speed, its kinetic energy together with that of the drive motor is no more than 15 joules, contrasting with the excessive energy of 300 joules needed to get it rotating at that speed.   If the motor is left running for five minutes or more, and then switched off, it comes to rest after a few seconds.   But, the motor can then be started again (in the same or opposite direction) and brought up to speed with only 30 joules provided that the time lapse between stopping and restarting is no more than a minute or so.   If there is a delay of several minutes, then an energy input of 300 joules is needed to get the rotor spinning again.

This is not a transient heating phenomenon.   At all times the bearing housings feel cool and any heating in the drive motor would imply an increase of resistance and a build-up of power to a higher steady state condition.   The experimental evidence is that there is something unseen, which is put into motion by the machine rotor.   That “something” has an effective mass density 20 times that of the rotor, but it is something that can move independently and its movement can take several minutes to decay, while in contrast, the motor comes to rest in a few seconds.

Two machines of different rotor size and composition reveal the phenomenon and tests indicate variations with time of day and compass orientation of the spin axis.   One machine, the one incorporating weaker magnets, showed evidence of gaining magnetic strength during the tests which were repeated over a period of several days.

Nikola Tesla found that uni-directional electric pulses of very short duration (less than one millisecond) cause shockwaves in this medium.   These Radiant Energy waves passed through all materials and if they strike any metal object, they generate electrical currents between the metal and ground.   Tesla used these waves to light glass globes which had just one metal plate.   These lights do not have to be near the source of the Radiant Energy waves.  He discovered many other features of these ‘longitudinal’ waves but one which is of particular interest is that when using his famous Tesla Coil, the waves produced visible streamers which showed what they were doing.   What they were doing was running up the outside of the long inner wire coil, not through the wire, mark you, but along the outside of the coil, and when they reached the end of the coil, they continued on out into the air.   Interestingly, Tesla believed that this flow of energy “preferred to run along the corrugations of the outside of the coil”.   That is to say, somewhat like magnetic lines showing a preference for running through iron, this energy field shows a preference for flowing along certain physical shapes.

Thomas Henry Moray developed equipment which could tap up to fifty kilowatts of power from this field.   There are two very interesting facts about Moray’s demonstrations:   Firstly, the valves which he used to interact with the field, had a corrugated cylindrical inner electrode - an interesting shape considering Tesla’s opinion on the corrugated outer surface of his coil.   Secondly, Moray frequently demonstrated publicly that the power obtained by his equipment could flow uninterrupted through sheet glass while powering light bulbs.   Quite apart from demonstrating that the power was definitely not conventional electricity, it is very interesting to note that this power can flow freely through materials.   I venture to suggest that Moray’s power was not flowing through the wires of his apparatus but rather it was flowing along the outside of the wires, or perhaps more accurately, flowing along near the wires.

Edwin Gray snr. managed to draw large amounts of power from a special tube designed by Marvin Cole.   The tube contained a spark gap (like that used by Tesla) and those sparks produced Radiant Energy waves in the Zero-Point Energy field.   He managed to collect energy from these waves, very interestingly, by using perforated (or mesh) cylinders of copper surrounding the spark gap.   His 80 horsepower electric motor (and/or other equipment such as light bulbs) was powered entirely from energy drawn from the copper cylinders while all of the electrical energy taken from the driving battery was used solely to generate the sparks.

It is very interesting to note that Tesla, Moray and Gray all indicate that corrugated or rough-surface cylinders seem to direct the flow of this energy.   Dr Harold Aspden also indicates that once the field is set in motion in any locality, it tends to continue flowing for some time after the influence which is directing it is removed.

Please remember that we are starting to examine a new field of science, and while we know a very limited amount about it at this point in time, at a later date, every schoolchild will be completely familiar with it and find it hard to believe that we knew so little about it, at the start of the twenty-first century.   So, at this time, we are trying to understand how energy can be extracted from this newly discovered field.   The indications are that the physical shape of some objects can channel this energy.

If you think about it, you suddenly realise that we are already familiar with shape being important in focusing energy.   Take the case of a magnifying glass.   When the sun is high in the sky, if a magnifying glass is placed in just the right position and turned in just the right direction, then it can start a fire.   If the principles behind what is being done are not understood, then the procedure sounds like witchcraft:

1. Make a specially shaped object with curved faces, out of a transparent material
2. Discover the ‘focal-length’ of the object
3. Wait until Noon
4. Place some kindling on the ground
5. Position the object so that it looks directly at the sun
6. The kindling will catch light without you even having to touch it.

Sounds like something out of a book on magic, doesn’t it?   Well, you need to know all about that if you want to pass any basic physics examination, and it comes in under the title of “Optics”.   Please notice that the shape of the lens is vital: it must have a convex face on both sides.   Also, the positioning is vital, the lens must be exactly its focal length away from the kindling material: a little too near or a little too far away and it just does not work.   Magic?   Well it may seem like it, but no, it is just scientific understanding of the nature of radiation from the sun.

Take the case of a satellite dish.   This familiar object needs to be an exact shape to work well.   It also needs to be made of a material which reflects high-frequency radio waves.   Make one out of wood and it will look just the same but it will not work as the TV transmission will pass straight through the wood and not be reflected on to the pick-up sensor connected to the television set.

However, obvious and all as this is, it still did not cut any ice with the patent office in Czechoslovakia on the 4th November 1949.   A radio engineer called Karel Drbal turned up with a patent application for a cardboard pyramid shape which kept razor blades sharp and was promptly told to get lost.   The patent authorities demanded that he have a theory to show how the device worked.   Karel was not particularly put out, and spent years investigating before he determined a theoretical basis for the device.   He returned to the patent office, much to the disbelief of the Chief Patent Officer.   He was granted his patent, not because his theory was compelling, but because the Chief Patent Officer took a pyramid home and tested it with his own razor blades.   When his practical tests confirmed that the pyramid did exactly what Karel claimed, he was granted Patent No. 91304, “Method of Maintaining Razor Blades and the Shape of Straight Razors” and here is a translation:

Republic of Czechoslovakia
Office For Patents And Inventions
Published August, 1959
Patent File Number 91304

The right to use this invention is the property of the State according to Section 3, Paragraph G, Number 34/1957
Karel Drbal, Prague
Method of Maintaining Razor Blades and the Shape of Straight Razors.

Submitted 4 November, 1949(P2399-49)
Patent valid from 1 April, 1952

The invention relates to the method of maintaining of razor blades and straight razors sharp without an auxiliary source of energy.   To sharpen the blades therefore, no mechanical, thermal, chemical or electrical (from an artificial source) means are being used.   There are various mechanical sharpening devices being used up to now, to sharpen used razor blades.   The blade is sharpened by crude application of sharpening material, which always results in certain new wear of the blade during the sharpening process.   Furthermore, it is known that the influence of an artificial magnetic field improves the sharpening of razor blades and straight razors, if their blades are laid in the direction of the magnetic lines.

According to this invention, the blade is placed in the earth's magnetic field under a hollow pyramid made of dielectric material such as hard paper, paraffin paper, hard cardboard, or some plastic.   The pyramid has an opening in its base through which the blade is inserted.   This opening can be square, circular, or oval.   The most suitable pyramid is a four sided one with a square base, where one side is conveniently equal to the height of the pyramid, multiplied by pi /2. (which is pi or 3.14 / 2).   For example, for the height of 10 cm, the side of 15.7 cm is chosen.   The razor blade of a straight razor is placed on the support made also of dielectric material, same as the pyramid, or other such as cork, wood, or ceramics, paraffin, paper, etc.   Its height is chosen between 1/5 and 1/3 of the height of the pyramid, this support rests also on a plane made of dielectric material.   The size of this support should be chosen as to leave the sharp edges free.   Its height could vary from the limits stated above.   Although it is not absolute necessary, it is recommended that the blade be placed on the support with its sharp edges facing West or East respectively, leaving its side edges as well as its longitudinal axis oriented in the North / South direction.   In other words to increase the effectiveness of the device it is recommended lie in essence in the direction of the magnetic lines of the horizontal component of the earth's magnetism.   This position improves the performance of the device, it is not however essential for the application of the principle of this invention.   After the blade is properly positioned, it is covered by the pyramid placed in such a way that it’s side walls face North, South, East, and West, while its edges point towards North-West, South-West, South-East, and North-East.

It is beneficial to leave a new blade in the pyramid one to two weeks before using it.   It is essential to place it there immediately after the first shave, and not the old, dull one.   But it is possible to use an old one, if it is properly resharpened.   The blade placed using the method above is left unobstructed until the next shave.   The west edge should always face West.   It improves the sharpening effect.

Example:   When this device was used, 1778 shaves were obtained using 16 razor blades, which is 111 shaves per blade on the average.   The brand used was "Dukat Zlato" made in Czechoslovakia.   The lowest count was 51, the highest was 200.   It is considered very easy to achieve up to 50 shaves on the average. (for a medium hard hair).

The following shows how the invention could save both valuable material and money.   One of the razor blades mentioned above, weighs 0.51 grams.   We will consider 50 shaves on average when placed in the pyramid against 5 shaves when it is not.   It is obvious that the number of shaves, degree of wear, and the ability to regenerate the dull edge depends on the quality of the material, quality of sharpening process, and hardness. ....given that the numbers are averages and could be in fact much better.   In the course of the year one therefore uses 73 razor blades without the aid of the pyramid while only eight razor blades while using the pyramid.   The resulting annual saving would be 65 razor blades or 33.15 grams of steel per person.

Only the pyramid shape has been used for this invention, but this invention is not limited to this shape, as it can cover other geometric shapes made of dielectric material that was used in accordance with the invention.   And that this shape also causes regeneration of sharp edges of shaving blades by lowering of stresses and reducing the number of defects in the grids of crystal units, in other words recovering and renewing the mechanical and physical properties of the blade.

This is interesting, as it confirms by independent test that a pyramid shape produces an effect, even if it is not possible to say with absolute certainty what exactly the effect is and how exactly the pyramid shape manipulates that energy.

Thomas Trawoeger has produced a video of a pyramid which he constructed.   The video commentary is in German and it shows a computer fan being operated when connected to his pyramid which looks like this:

Sceptics will immediately say that as there are wires connected to the device, that the power for the fan is being fed through those wires, even though they appear to be connected to monitoring equipment.   This is possible, but in my opinion, it is not actually the case.   The pick-up used is shown here:

It should be remembered that these pictures are quite old and all inventors keep working on their inventions in an effort to improve their operation and to investigate the effects caused by alterations.   At the close of 2007 the design has progressed considerably and now features a number of most unusual things ranging from construction to orientation.   This forum is working on replicating this design thanks to the generosity of Thomas Trawoeger who speaks German and the exceptional work of Stefan Hartmann who has produced an English translation and who hosts the web site.

The following is an attempt to present the basic information from that forum in a clear and concise manner, but I recommend that you visit and contribute to the forum if you decide to experiment with this design.

The frame of the pyramid is not the same shape as the well-known Egyptian pyramids and has a sloping face some 5% longer than those in Egypt.   The materials used in constructing the pyramid are very important.   The frame is made of 20 mm x 20 mm x 2 mm square-section steel tube.   While the exact size of the pyramid is not critical, the exact proportions are critical.   The base must be exactly square, with each side of the base being exactly the same length, 1 metre in this case.   The sloping sides are exactly the same length as the base pieces being 1 metre long also.   Eight one-metre lengths of steel section will therefore be needed for building the frame.

The sides of the pyramid need to be covered with a rigid sheet and here again, the material used is critical, with only gypsum/paper boards (plasterboard with no foil) being satisfactory - other materials just don’t work.   If no sides are added, then the pyramid is very difficult to adjust to get proper operation.   When the frame has been constructed, its is positioned in a most unusual way being forty-five degrees away from the conventional positioning of a pyramid.   This sets this pyramid so that one pair of corners face North - South, and the frame should be connected to a good electrical ground as shown here:

The pick-up is constructed from 12 mm outside diameter copper pipe and fittings and is hard soldered together.   It has an overall size of 120 mm x 100 mm hard soldered together as shown here:

This frame of copper piping is not assembled as shown straight off as there is a requirement for a long graphite rod, 2 to 3 mm in diameter, to be positioned vertically inside each vertical leg of this frame and that can’t be done after assembly.   So the bottom section is assembled as one piece, and the top section is assembled separately with the graphite rods sticking down out of the T-sections, held in place by their wires and insulating plugs.   The graphite rods can be bought from art materials supply shops.

The very fine filter-grade quartz sand filling for the tubes is inserted and the graphite rods carefully positioned so that they do not touch the side walls of the vertical copper tubes, and the two parts joined by hard soldering:

The left hand side hole in the copper pipe is used to inject a 5% salt / water solution, using a hypodermic syringe, until the water starts to come out of the hole at the right hand side.   The right hand side hole is 5 mm lower down than the one on the left.

Next, the wires are bent around to produce a 9-turn coil with a 25 mm diameter, around the vertical copper pipes.   The windings are in opposite directions on the opposite sides of the frame:

Next, a ten-plate capacitor is made from copper sheets 1 mm thick.   As copper is very expensive, the copper plates can be produced from spare lengths of copper pipe, cut along the axis and flattened careful to produce a smooth, unmarked surface 70 mm x 35 mm in size.   The plates are stacked and accurately aligned, and a hole is drilled 1 mm off-centre.   Then each alternate plate is turned around to produce two sets of plates bolted together with a 6 mm diameter plastic bolt, 1 mm thick plastic washers and a plastic nut.   A plastic threaded rod and a plastic nut can be used instead of a plastic bolt.   Because the hole is not quite central, the plates stick out at each end, giving clearance for attaching the plates together with the copper wire coming out of the copper pipe framework:

The capacitor is positioned inside the copper pipe frame and held in place by the strength of the 2.5 mm thick copper wire coil around the vertical pipes in the frame:

The pick-up sensor is now attached to the pyramid frame.   Using a non-conductive cord, it is suspended by the top lug and it’s orientation controlled using the lower two lugs.   The positioning in the pyramid is unusual, being North-East to South-West, as is shown here:

Next, a second capacitor is constructed from 1 mm thick copper sheet.   Again, sections of copper pipe can be used after being cut along their long axis and carefully opened out and flattened.   This capacitor is just two plates 140 mm x 25 mm spaced 1 mm apart (one inch = 25.4 mm).

A voltmeter can be used to check the exact alignment of the pyramid.   There is a video (with a commentary in German here showing an earlier version of this pyramid set-up driving an electrical fan taken from a computer).   If this device interests you, then you should join the enthusiast research and development forum mentioned earlier.

In June 2011, Thomas issued instruction videos which show how to construct, use and troubleshoot his newer design of pyramid. These videos are in English and they are very detailed and instructive. One person has split those two very long videos and placed them on YouTube as a series of thirteen smaller videos. In them, he states that the salt water in the design above is actually counter-productive and should not be used.

I will not attempt to show the construction details described in those videos as the information is very extensive, but a few comments may be appropriate here. Thomas refers to a ‘wheel’ but unless I am mistaken, he means a solid plastic rod of circular cross-section. The coil wire which he uses is 1.5 mm diameter copper wire with plastic insulation. With an inner coil of 104 turns, that can produce 1.5 amps at 14 volts, which is 21 watts, and with no input power being provided by the user, that is a COP of infinity. However, if I understand what he is saying, he positions his pyramids North-South (unlike the design above) and more importantly, at a particularly good point on what he calls a ‘water-line’ which I take to be a ley line located by a dowser. That may be due to the fact that he lives in a village in Austria which is a long way from the Equator, which, according to Joseph Cater’s analysis of pyramids, reduces their effectiveness.

In this new design, Thomas uses 20 watts of power from a Citizen’s Band radio transmitter, boosted by an amplifier, and applied to his detector tube while he fills it very slowly with fine-grain, high-quality quartz sand. This signal orientates most of the quarts grains and probably replicates most of Thomas Henry Moray’s detector which allowed such high power extraction from a simple aerial. In this design of Thomas’ no earth wire is needed for operation. An earth wire is provided, but this is for the protection of the user and is not part of the energy gathering system. Thomas agrees with Joseph Cater, that the energy being tapped flows out of the top of the pyramid. The videos are located here:

Part 1       Part 2       Part 3       Part 4       Part 5

Part 6       Part 7       Part 8       Part 9       Part 10

Part 11       Part 12       Part 13

Thomas’ website which is in German is

Thomas picks a fairly small size of pyramid for his demonstration tutorial. It is made using eight pieces of steel channel, each piece being exactly one meter long. He welds these together but remarks that bolting them together is perfectly all right provided that each piece makes good electrical contact with the pieces which it touches as the whole frame acts as a single component in his design.

Thomas also talks about ‘welding’ the inner copper pipe to one end cap, but what he means is ‘soldering’ the joint as he spreads resin on the join, heats it with a gas torch and then runs plumber’s solder around the join.

Thomas’ video series was removed from the web but has been replaced here:
Video tutorial: part 1
Video tutorial: part 2
Video tutorial: part 3
Video tutorial: part 4
Video tutorial: part 5
Video tutorial: part 6
Video tutorial: part 7
Video tutorial: part 8
Video tutorial: part 9
Video tutorial: part 10
Video tutorial: part 11
Video tutorial: part 12
Video tutorial: part 13

* * * * * * *

Confirmation of the dehydrating effect of a pyramid was provided by the Frenchman Antoine Bovis who went on holiday to Egypt in the 1930s and visited the Great Pyramid which was constructed exactly in the North - South direction (almost certainly not by accident) and built to an accuracy of 0.01% or better.   He discovered that a number of small animals had wandered into the pyramid, got lost and starved to death.   The really interesting point was that all of these animals had been mummified through dehydration and none of the bodies had rotted away.   When he returned home, he built a model pyramid with base edges three feet long.   He found that his pyramid duplicated the dehydration effect.   He, and others who followed him, investigated the effect of pyramids.   They found:

1.   The best shape is that which matches the dimensions of the Great Pyramid, whose faces slope at an angle of 51 degrees, 51 minutes and 10 seconds.   Pyramids with other slopes will work, but not quite as well.   If you would like to make one yourself and test the effects, then each of the four sides can be cut from stiff cardboard to these proportions:

So if the base length is to be 20 units, then the height at the mid point of the base will be 16.17 units. If the base length is to be 25 units (mm, cm, inches, or whatever), then the height should be 20.21 units. If the base is to be 30 units, then the height should be 24.26 units. If the base is to be 35 units, then the height should be 28.3 units, and so on.

Just cut out four of the triangles and tape the edges together.   It would be a good idea to add a square base piece (or triangular gussets) to ensure that the base is exactly square and not skewed.

Thomas Trawoeger states that the exact angle is not particularly important and his latest designs have angles of about sixty degrees.

2. There is no need for the pyramid faces to be solid, provided that there are four base sides and four sloping edges.   Having solid sloping faces gives a slight improvement.

If building a framework pyramid, then the dimensions for the four base pieces and the four sloping edges would be: Base: 20, length of the sloping edges: 19 Base: 25, length of the sloping edges: 23.76 Base: 30, length of the sloping edges: 28.52 Base: 35, length of the sloping edges: 33.27 and so on.

3. The best material from which to construct the pyramid is copper, but as it tends to be rather expensive, almost any other material can be used: plastic piping, timber laths, steel alloy pipes, wire, etc.   Giving the pyramid a sheet-copper cap which runs down about 5% of the face length, giving a short solid face on the open framework also gives a slight improvement. Les Brown states that the best material is sheet iron plated with gold, though that sounds very expensive.

So, what can a pyramid do?   Well, nothing, actually, except for directing and possibly concentrating and focusing the Zero-Point Energy field.   Perhaps the question should be ‘what effects are caused by using a pyramid?’.

Well, as seen above, Flavio Thomas Trawoeger has managed to get a continuous electrical output via a pyramid for a period of at least thirty days.   I understand that he uses a magnet just as an on-off switch, but having a magnet as part of the pick-up makes a lot of sense as the magnetic dipole of any magnet has a distinct effect on the zero-point energy field.   The low-tech investigators have noted that an effect caused by a pyramid may be repeated for maybe nine times in a row, and then inexplicably, one day it will not work.   They surmise that the effect may be caused by magnetic variations due to solar flares or the like.   They may well be right in this as they are not using a magnet but just simple cardboard, or more frequently, simple frame pyramids.   This area is wide open to investigation with very low-tech apparatus and passive electronic components.

What has been found repeatedly:

1. Living things placed under a pyramid shape are boosted in health and growth.   You can test this easily for yourself by taking two identical plants or animals and keeping one under a pyramid and one outside the pyramid.   An example of this is given on this website where James Brock of Texas reports on tests he has run on a group of rabbits.   It would be incredibly easy to fake this kind of information, so you need to make up your own mind on the validity, and ideally, run some simple tests of your own.   James states that he built a pyramid-shaped hutch with 4-foot long sloping edges out of timber, and a rectangular hutch:

Each of the hutches had a transparent door. He then borrowed eight rabbits aged about 20 days old, taken from two different litters and placed them in matched groups of four in each hutch, and fed them equally, weighing them every four days.

By the end of the experiment, 57 days later, the rabbits which had been housed in the pyramid hutch weighed an average of 46.5 ounces, compared to an average of 34.5 ounces for those in the rectangular hutch.   That is, the rabbits in the pyramid hutch were nearly 35% heavier and side by side they looked like this:

James presents the results like this:

James invites you to run this test for yourself to verify that this does indeed occur. It should be noted that as the test ran over a period of 57 days, any days lost through magnetic variation would not have been detected by him.

2.   Pyramid users also state that they find the following effects on a consistent basis (provided that the pyramid is kept away from strong electromagnetic fields, so do not put a pyramid on top of a TV set or a refrigerator):

(a) Fruit is preserved.   When a purchase of fresh fruit or vegetables is made, if they are placed under a pyramid for about an hour and then stored as they normally would, it is said that they stay fresh for at least twice as long as normal and the flavour is enhanced.   It is believed that unhelpful micro-organisms are killed by the pyramid.   If the fruit and vegetables are kept indefinitely under the pyramid they eventually dry up instead of rotting.

(b) Food quality is enhanced.   If frozen meat, fish or fowl is thawed out under a pyramid, the quality of the meat is said to be noticeably improved.

(c) Coffee quality is improved.   If a cup of coffee is left under a pyramid for about twenty minutes, it is said to gain a much more mellow flavour.   Leaving ground coffee or a jar of instant coffee under a pyramid over night is also said to change it so the coffee made from it is of a much higher quality.

(d) A glass of wine placed under a pyramid for twenty minutes is said to undergo a distinct change with great improvement seen in both the taste and the aroma.   Other alcoholic drinks are also said to be improved by this process.

(e) A twenty to thirty minute treatment of fruit juices is said to reduce the acidic “bite” of the drink, and in many cases, alter the colour of the juice.

(f) Any item pickled in vinegar, such as olives and pickles, gain a greatly enhanced natural flavour and are greatly mellowed by the process.

(g) The rapid growth of mould on Cheddar cheese can be overcome by the cheese being kept under a pyramid at normal room temperature.   It is recommended that the cheese be wrapped in plastic to reduce the rate at which it dries out.

(h) Rice and wheat can be kept in open jars under a (twelve-inch open frame wire) pyramid for at least four months without any form of deterioration or infestation by insects or flies - which are repelled by the energy inside the pyramid.   A test was run outdoors with a six-foot base pyramid with food placed in the centre to attract ants.   It was found that ants heading for the food followed a curved path out of the pyramid without ever reaching the food.

(I) Water left under a pyramid is altered.   Cut flowers placed in it tend to last 30% longer than normal while growing plants watered with it grow more strongly and are hardier.   The water appears to hold the energy indefinitely, a glassful takes twenty minutes, a quart (two pints) takes one hour and larger amounts should be left over night.   Animals given the choice of pyramid water or untreated water almost always choose the treated water.

3. In the 1940s, Verne Cameron of America discovered that the beneficial pyramid energy could be transmitted.   He placed a pyramid at each end of a row of plants, connected a wire to the apex of each pyramid and ran the wire underneath the plants.   He placed a clump of steel wool on the wire under each plant.   The pyramids were, aligned North--South and he found that even better results were obtained if the row of plants was also aligned in a North--South direction.

4. There are reports of instances where dogs suffering from old age, lameness and hair loss have been cured and rejuvenated in about six weeks by the use of a pyramid.

I suggest that the Great Pyramid in Egypt was most definitely not built as just a burial place but that the chamber inside it was used to treat people with large amounts of the energy picked up by the shape of the pyramid.   It is also likely that the pyramid was used as a communications device, but that is outside the scope of this presentation.

The really important thing is that there is clearly an energy field (presumably the ZPE field) which flows continuously, is very beneficial to life and which can be tapped to produce unlimited motive power without the need for any kind of input from us.   Just like the early discovery days of radio waves, TV signals, X-rays, Gamma rays, etc. we are in the discovery days of the Zero-Point Energy field.   You, personally, have as much chance of being successful in harnessing this energy as any large research laboratory with unlimited financial resources.   Remember that Flavio Thomas Trawoeger can drive an electrical fan using equipment which costs next to nothing.   A cone shape with the same face slope as a pyramid is also an effective shape, and no matter how you position it, it always has a face pointing North--South.   May I also remark that it might be worth experimenting with the “pancake” coil (called a bi-filar series-connected coil) patented by Tesla because he found that it was particularly effective in picking up Zero-Point Energy:

Other people have also investigated pyramid and cone shapes and they confirm that there is indeed a considerable effect from these shapes.   Peter Grandics has been awarded US patent 6,974,110 for the collection of electrical energy from a pyramid shape.   He tested the system both with an applied high voltage and without any applied voltage, and discovered electrical pick-up in both cases.   Here is a digest of part of his patent:

This invention describes a simple technique to convert the energy of a DC electrostatic field into an alternating current by wrapping a coil around a pyramid.   The resulting AC current can be rectified and used for practical purposes.   A pyramid-shaped capacitor can also be used in an inverse mode of operation for the generation of propulsive force.

Accordingly, one embodiment of the present invention is a method for converting DC electrostatic energy into usable electrical energy, the method comprising the steps of:

(1) Providing a capacitor of pyramidal shape;

(2) Placing an insulated coil on the surface of the capacitor, the coil having leads;

(3) Attaching a rectifier to the leads of the coil, the rectifier having leads; and

(4) Attaching a capacitor or a battery to the leads of the rectifier so that DC electrostatic energy is converted into usable electrical energy.

This invention describes a novel method is of converting DC electrostatic energy into an AC current which can be rectified and used for practical purposes.   The shape of the capacitor and the body of such device is designed to convert the DC electrostatic energy into the AC current for maximum effect.

A pyramidal or conical shape is preferred for one of the capacitor electrodes.   In Fig.1, a detector coil 102 is provided that which connected to an oscilloscope 104.   The coil surrounds the metallic pyramid 100.   In the experimental set-up shown, the field is established between a top plate 106 and the pyramid 100 by using a ground 108 connected to a source of DC electrical energy 110.   When a high voltage DC field (30 kV) is established on such capacitor, a regularly repeating, clock-like signal is detected in the coil placed on the pyramid's surface (Fig.2).   This is an unexpected observation as corona discharges are irregular by nature.

The alternating current from the coil can be rectified and used for practical purposes.   If a suitable DC electrostatic field could be found in nature, this principle would be useful in tapping the energy of such field.   To test for this possibility, I have measured the rectified signal from the coil without an external power source.   The rectified coil output was collected in a capacitor and voltage measured at intervals of one hour.   The voltage measured is significantly higher if the capacitor electrode is pyramid-shaped as opposed to a box-shaped electrode of the same height and volume.   When the pyramid is placed inside a Faraday cage, the signal is excluded (see details in the Example).   The data have demonstrated in principle that with this experimental set-up, electrical energy can be extracted from the Earth's electrostatic field.   The Earth's surface and the ionosphere substitutes for the two charged electrodes, which exhibit negative and positive polarities, respectively.

Demonstration of the pyramid generator: For the experiments, I have selected a one-foot base length foam pyramid from a pyramid vendor (The Pyramid Project, Ft. Wayne, Ind.).   The outside of the pyramid was covered with aluminium foil.   The pyramid was placed on a 2 foot × 2 foot insulating polyethylene platform equipped with an adjustable height 2 foot × 2 foot size aluminium top plate, 1/16" thick.   The height of the aluminium plate was adjusted as needed and a gap of 1.25" between the plate and the tip of the pyramid was used in the experiments.   In some experiments, an aluminium pyramid was used with a wall thickness of 1/16".

A high voltage (HV) CRT power source producing 30 kV DC was taken from a colour monitor.   I have assumed that an actual energy-producing pyramid should be relatively high in order to obtain a large voltage drop from its tip to the ground.   Therefore, assuming a height of 100-150 m for a life-size pyramid and a voltage drop of 200-300 V/m near the surface of the Earth, the 30 kV is in the range of the voltage-drop expected for the height of a life-size pyramid.

The positive pole was attached to the top aluminium plate.   This simulated the positive charge of the atmosphere.   One corner of the pyramid was attached to the negative pole of the high voltage power source, while the opposite corner of the pyramid was grounded.   This set-up served as a model for the electrostatic field distribution around a potential life-sized pyramid.   As controls, either a 1 foot × 1 foot sheet of aluminium foil or an aluminium foil-covered box, having the main dimensions of the test pyramid (1’ × 1’ × 7.625"), was used as a negative pole.   The detector coils were made by winding 20 turns of 24 gauge enamel-coated magnet wire, approximately 8 cm in diameter.   A Tektronix high-frequency oscilloscope, Model no. 2236 was used for signal analysis.

The first sets of experiments were control measurements with a box of the same height and base length as the test pyramid.   The detector coil was placed on the top of the box.   Measurements were taken with or without the high voltage applied.   One corner of the box was attached to the HV power source (negative pole) and the opposite corner to the ground.   The same arrangement was used for the flat square (1’×1’) foil.   The peak-to-peak signal amplitude for the box was 8 mV and the signal frequency was 2 MHz.   For the flat foil sheet, the signal amplitude was 12 mV with a frequency of 1.43 MHz.   The signal form was of a decaying sine wave.

When high voltage was applied to these shapes, signal amplitude of 14 mV was obtained for the flat sheet and of 16 mV for the box.   The signal frequency was 1.54 MHz for the flat sheet and 2 MHz for the box.   The waveforms were of decaying sine waves in all these experiments.

When the pyramid was tested without HV, the peak-to-peak signal amplitude was measured at 60 mV with a frequency of 2 MHz.   When the high voltage was applied, the signal amplitude increased up to 180-200 mV, while the frequency remained at 2 MHz.   The pyramid produced signal intensity significantly higher than the controls.   The signal is regularly repeating, clock-like in nature (Fig.2).   When a metal (aluminium) pyramid of the same size (wall thickness 1/16" inch) was tested in the same high voltage field using the same detection coil, a voltage of 1 to 1.5 V was detected at the frequency of 2 MHz.

To collect energy from the coil, a bridge rectifier (1000 V peak voltage at 6 A) was attached to the leads of the coil.   The rectified current was fed into a capacitor (1500 microfarad, 250 V DC max.), and a direct current of 45 V was obtained.   This has demonstrated a simple method to convert electrostatic energy into a continuous direct current.   An 8-turn coil having an output of 200-300 V AC (peak-to-peak) was also used for energy conversion.   The rectified current from the 8-turn coil powered a 0.186 W light bulb (Fig.3).   Ideally, the bridge rectifier is made of fast-recovery diodes.

Even in the absence of an externally applied voltage, current is always present in the circuit.   Charge builds up in the capacitor and 1 V was obtained overnight using the 20-turn coil set-up.   Over 48 hours, a voltage of 5 V was measured.   Faraday shielding practically prevented the phenomenon.

The preferred shape of the pyramid as a charge collector was again demonstrated in further experiments using the 8-turn coil-bridge rectifier-capacitor (1,500 microfarad) assembly placed on the 1 ft base length aluminium pyramid.   A same-volume and height aluminium box was used as control.   Charging times of 1-2 hours were used under fair-weather conditions.   For the pyramid, 550 mV was measured on the capacitor while on the box 100 mV was obtained.   This demonstrated the superiority of the pyramidal shape in capturing atmospheric electrostatic energy.   It also demonstrated that we could tap into the electrostatic field of the atmosphere and draw electric energy.   For the collection of energy, a battery could substitute for the capacitor.

You should also check out the pyramid aspects of the cutting-edge work of Paulo and Alexandra Correa as detailed in Chapter 11.

Les Brown experimented extensively with pyramids and related devices. It should be stressed at this point that while various facts have been observed, the action caused by a pyramid is not fully understood at this time and no "laws" have yet been deduced. We have to work here on the basis of "this is what was done, and these are the results". Because of this, the following extract from the work of the late Les Brown is reproduced here and you must decide for yourself if what he says is true and whether or not it might be worth your while trying out some of what he says:

In conducting pyramid experiments you should look daily for signs of change and note them meticulously, and above all be patient. Don't plant a seed one day and expect to have a plant six feet high the next. A plant takes just as long to develop inside a pyramid as it does outside, but in time you will see the tremendous difference in size. Also, don't keep moving plants around inside your pyramid during an experiment; leave pots stationary so you can see what the results are.

Here, you will see how to make your own pyramids for experimentation; they can be constructed entirely from inexpensive materials equally as well as from costly ones. Cardboard, wire, plywood or anything rigid enough to retain the pyramid shape will suffice. The pyramid does not necessarily have to be solid; in many experiments just the outline shape is sufficient, provided that it is jointed at all corners and at the apex.

An "energiser" array of small pyramids can be made from cardboard and positioned at the corners of a large pyramid to enhance its operation. An array might have 5 rows of four little pyramids or perhaps twelve rows of six pyramids. Individual small pyramids can be made from cardboard and then assembled on a base to form the array. The following template could be used for this, just ensure that the base is square:

A pyramid energizer has multiple uses. The one shown above consists of 72 small cardboard pyramids and a top plate of cardboard covered with foil. By placing the top plate on top of the pyramids and orienting the entire energizer to magnetic north, you can use the energy generated for such purposes as mummification, energizing water, or as a beneficial surface on which to place growing plants for outstanding growth.

Remember that with all types of pyramids, positioning is all-important. One of the sloping sides must at all times be facing towards magnetic North - not a corner but the flat face of the pyramid must face magnetic North. Use a compass to determine the direction of magnetic north which will be nearly in line with the Pole star, (but not quite). In this respect, a pyramid is like a radio. For maximum performance you must tune it in properly, pointing it right at the transmitter. Similarly, several pyramids with one face towards magnetic North and stacked on top of each other will produce increased energy, cell activity and growth.

Using pyramids, I sincerely believe that I can grow 36 times more and better plants in a given area than any farmer or market gardener can in the same area, using conventional methods.

All kinds of shapes contain energy, the very nature of the shape itself determines the degree of energy which it contains, that is, the shape determines how receptive it will be to energy flows. By shapes I refer mainly to cubes, spheres, triangles, pyramids and the like. Each shape has potential, but they all have different limits and we should seek the one which offers the most potential. Of all shapes, the pyramid gives us the best performance because it receives the greatest amount of energy. It must be four-sided, of specific measurements and correct angles, and it must have the correct compass orientation. There are dangers in using a pyramid blindly without knowledge of its functions and its great potential. Here is a simple way to figure out a perfectly proportioned pyramid of any size:

1. Choose the length "A" of one side of the square base.
2. Draw a square on paper, using your chosen measurement.
3. Divide the square into four quarters.
4. Draw a diagonal "B" across one of the small squares and measure it.
5. Mark that measurement from the base up the centre line.

6. Finish off the triangle by joining the top of line "B" to the two ends of the base "A".
7. When you look at the triangle you have just drawn, it may look too tall, but don't forget that it has to lean inwards to join with the other three sides. When all four sides are put together you will have a pyramid which is the right height and leaning in at 51 degrees, 51 minutes, 14 seconds. This method can be used for a pyramid of any size.

The energy inside the pyramid is said to come down through the peak and continues coming in until it reaches a certain intensity, or the limits of safety, at which point the pyramid releases all the energy and begins collecting it again. The pyramid is said to release 80% of its energy through the peak and the other 20% via the four base corners. Only a pyramid performs this way, and even then the maximum performance is obtained only by a perfect pyramid. So, when you start to build one, aim at perfection. The nearer you can get to a perfect pyramid, the more you will benefit.

You can grow bumper crops with the use of a pyramid. Anything growing beside an iron fence will be bigger and better than one nowhere near metal. The reason is that the iron fence picks up static or magnetic energy and feeds it to the plant. I remember my mother and grandmother placing large nails in the soil of their potted house plants because plants thus treated always grew bigger and better. They had no idea why. In fact, if you asked them, the standard answer was that, as the nail rusted, the plant fed on it. This reasoning is fallible, however, because for one thing, plants can only absorb minerals in liquid form and for another, the rust would kill some plants. Rather, the nails picked up the magnetic energy and boosted the house plants' growth. When a plant receives an extra dose of energy to that already floating free in the atmosphere, that dose acts as a stimulant and causes better growth. What really happens is that the living cells are increased in size, and naturally when each cell is larger, since there are still the same number of cells, the final plant is a lot larger than normal.

If you grow a plant in a pyramid, it absorbs energy at a much higher intensity than that produced by the nails in the plant pots, and so the end result is enormous growth. When this is applied to vegetables and fruits, the plants, as well as their products, are immensely oversized. My own experiments have convinced me that this energy creates a special reaction in living cells of plants, resulting in larger blooms, leaves and fruits on whatever plants are propagated within the pyramid.

The normal life cycle of lettuce, for instance, from seed to maturity, is six to eight weeks. Grown under a pyramid the life cycle is still the same, but the plant is considerably larger. If one allows the vine type of tomato to mature to six or seven trusses under a pyramid while simultaneously allowing an identical plant to do the same outside the pyramid, giving both plants precisely the same feeding and watering, a startling difference in yield occurs. I should mention that if you put your outside plant too near the pyramid, it will reach for, and receive, some of the pyramid's energy, so keep it well away to get a fair test. The outside tomatoes would weigh out at approximately 10 to 14 pounds per plant, whereas the plant grown in the pyramid would produce between 50 and 60 pounds of tomatoes. Not every type of plant grown under a pyramid will produce this increase; this is the average that I have come to expect from tomatoes.

A few more averages I have obtained repeatedly were: lettuce two to three times larger than average; beans 25 inches long by 1.25 inches wide; cabbage - when controls were three pounds each, the pyramid-grown plants were 12 to 13 pounds per head; radishes that normally would be the size of a quarter were four inches in diameter; controlled cucumbers that averaged 14 inches in length and weighed up to one pound normally, were 21 inches long and weighed up to four pounds when grown in the pyramid and the pyramid also warms your whole house and cleanses the air which you breathe.

Energised air in the pyramid also appears to repel small insects; though, there is no need for pesticides to be used within its glass walls. Pest-free plants grow to maturity inside, with none of the setbacks plants subject to normal attack from pests suffer in the garden outside. This also means that pyramid-grown vegetables need no washing upon harvesting. The mere appearance of such plants is more appetising than that of those grown normally. Greens are more vivid, and many leaves have a sheen which is noticeably absent from plants in kitchen gardens. Artificial fertilisers will never be used in my pyramid. Since many fertilisers apparently are becoming short in supply themselves, the ability to grow plants without their use is a double blessing for all mankind. I will use natural farmyard manures, the best way to regain the succulent taste and nutrition which are missing from plants grown with chemical fertilisers.

An egg broken out of its shell and left within the confines of the pyramid will gradually congeal and become like plastic, as the interior energy works on its cells - harmlessly. The cells do not die nor induce putrefaction. After a period of even weeks or months these congealed eggs can be reconstituted in water to the point where they can be eaten with complete safety, and they taste even more delicious than eggs produced in the usual way.

One peculiar phenomenon which I have observed under my large pyramid is the formation of dew on the plants inside it. This happens early in the morning. During all my years of experience with greenhouses, I never noticed dew forming on any plants in conventional greenhouses. This dew gently dissipates as the sun grows stronger, exactly as it would outside. Also, after a recent thunderstorm, my pyramid cucumbers grew two to two and a half inches in a matter of a few hours.

I built a pyramid purely for research purposes. For large-scale production, one which is much greater in size would be needed. When building the prototype, I encountered and overcame, virtually all the problems one can expect to meet in a construction of this type. Building a pyramid is nothing like building a house, and while a slight difference in measurements can be overcome when building a house, it is not possible to make a mistake in a pyramid and just carry on building. The particular piece containing the error must be pulled out and replaced correctly, as any mistake is transferred all the way around the pyramid.

My test pyramid is 30 feet high along a perpendicular line from ground to peak. The sides from base corner to peak measure 44 feet 4.5 inches, with a baseline of 46 feet 10.5 inches. It contains two additional floors above the ground level, and the sum of the areas of these two floors equals or is greater than that of the ground floor. Thus, the two additional floors virtually double the growing area. My first floor is 12 feet above the ground, and there is a reason for this. I calculated that when the sun was at its highest point the first floor would have to be positioned at 12-feet high so as to allow the sun to shine on to the back north edge of the ground floor. The 12-foot height was perfect, its achievement resulting from a mixture of good judgment and a bit of luck. However, I would not need to build a growing level at this height again because there are as many plants that grow well in shade as there are those that prefer growing in the sun. In future, my floors will all be eight feet apart, and I will put my sun-loving plants in the southern half and my shade-loving ones in the back northern half.

By placing the floors at eight-foot intervals there is much more growing area available than there is in placing the first floor at a 12-foot height. In addition, choosing this lower height allows the upper floors to decrease more slowly in size than they would if placed farther apart. Obviously, as the peak of the pyramid is approached, the floors decrease in area. One of the benefits obtained with these extra floors is that since heat rises, there are higher temperatures on each floor nearer the top of the pyramid. This allows a wide range of crops to be grown.

To illustrate the temperature difference, if the ground floor were 75o F, then the second floor would reach a temperature of 90o F, and the third floor would be around 105o F to 115o F, each floor having higher humidity. This means that anything from cool to tropical crops can be grown within one pyramid. The ground floor is perfect for such crops as radishes, lettuce, carrots, beets, tomatoes, etc., while the second floor is ideal for cucumbers, squash, peppers, and plants which like it hotter and more humid than the first floor. The top floor can be used for lemons, oranges, figs and especially, orchids.

The pyramid draws in its own water on the ground floor; I have never had to water that level being built directly on the ground. It never draws too much or too little water, always just the right amount for growth. Naturally, I have to pump water to the upper floors, but because the first floor provides its own water supply, at least half of my pyramid is watered for nothing automatically. I grow right in the ground the pyramid stands on, but upstairs I have placed wooden planting troughs all around the floors, leaving room to walk, and I grow plants in these. It is a major job getting the soil to the upper floors initially, but it is only a one-time task. The troughs are 16 inches deep and 14 inches wide, and contain a bottom. There is a run all around the edge of each of the upper floors and another inside, leaving enough room to work, with a gap on each side allowing passage from one run to the other.

Space in the pyramid is used to the utmost. At the perimeter of the low areas, I plant the kind of plants that need little headroom, and then plant bigger crops toward the middle. This is a matter of common sense, but using vine type tomatoes and stringing them up, one can work between the rows better, and if the lower leaves are removed, there is sufficient space to grow lettuce, cabbage or any low-lying crop in between the tomato plants. The trusses may be left on the tomatoes; they will not shade the low-lying plants. To ensure a steady supply of food, it is wise to plant only a few plants of each variety at intervals, which means that in the beginning it will take several weeks to reap a full harvest, but subsequently there will be a continuous yield.

By planting in such a manner, the grower will reap about six full crops each year. This method applies only to an enclosed pyramid, which would also require heating in the winter. The means of heating is up to the individual. Personally, I use a wood stove because I have my own wood supply. However, a wood and oil combination is best because it allows one to be away for a couple of days when necessary. If the wood fire gets low, then the oil burner takes over.

As for growing potentials of the floors of the pyramid, I have found that the second floor is the best place for germinating new seeds. I find that I can get germination in three days on that floor, whereas it usually takes five days otherwise. Thus far I have described the pyramid from the growing aspect only to the point of showing you how and where to grow crops, but let's take a look at a few statistics on production. Your garden, for instance, will only give one crop a year, but the pyramid through the means I suggest will give you six crops per year. Now let's compare two pieces of ground, both the same size, one with a pyramid on it. Say the garden is 50 feet square and the pyramid is 50 feet square. The upper floors inside the pyramid give you approximately 2,500 square feet of growing area upstairs to go along with your ground floor area of 2,500 square feet, and you are getting six crops per floor as opposed to one, or twice times six, the equivalent of 12 times your garden yield. Nor is that all of the advantage. Recall my discussion of the increase in size of the plant cells; this itself gives an average of three times the size of a normal crop. Multiplying the 12 times by the size of the crop, you are 36 times better off than with a single garden.

In addition to food growth, the pyramid also has application in food preservation. I have read statistics stating that 40 percent of all food grown in my home country of Canada is lost to putrefaction, whether at the place of storage, in transport, in wholesale and retail, or finally in the home. Regardless of how this spoilage occurs, this state of affairs can be remedied. The energy of the pyramid which grows plants so amazingly well, can also be used for the purpose of mummification of food, which can be dehydrated and kept in storage for an indefinite period without losing any of its taste or nutritional properties. There are absolutely no ill effects on any food stored in a pyramid. In fact, in many instances it is far better when reconstituted than it was in the first place. It has the water taken out of it; but it also repels bacteria and as a result, nothing will rot in a pyramid. For instance, I cannot make a compost heap inside my pyramid; I have to do it outside; otherwise the ingredients in the compost all remain in good shape and will not break down. For further proof, the grain grown in Manitoba today is a direct descendant of the grain found in the Great Pyramid, grain that had been there for centuries and had kept perfectly.

Earlier I mentioned mummifying eggs. I conducted an experiment in mummifying an egg, using a pyramid energizer instead of a single wire pyramid. The energizer consisted of a small batch of one-inch-high pyramids, 20 in all, positioned in a group. Using such a grid of pyramids provides quicker results than using just one pyramid. I broke an egg into a dish, placed the dish on top of the energizer and observed what happened in the ensuing days. In about six hours I noticed the lower perimeter of the yolk turning a pale yellow, and this continued through each day, the pale colour gradually moving up to the top of the yolk. In the meantime, the white was becoming less fluid, thickening, so to speak. In two weeks the whole egg was just like glass; the yolk was hard and the white was now in crystal form. At no time would flies or any insect approach it, even though it was open to them. Flies were as prevalent as usually, but they would not go near the egg. There was never any smell present from start to finish.

I left the egg in this state for about three months and showed it to many of my visitors, but then it was time to reconstitute it and try it for taste. I added some water (an egg loses about 30 grams of water in such a period) and left it 24 hours. I then boiled some water with the intention of poaching the egg. When the water was ready, I tipped the egg in, and immediately the albumen turned snowy white and the yolk a perfectly natural yellow colour. Had I dropped the egg before reconstituting it, it would have shattered, but now it was simmering away, looking just like a fresh egg. After cooking the egg I put it on a plate, salted and peppered it, then cut the yolk through with my knife, and it flooded across my plate. I admit I was not in too big a hurry to eat it, but if I was going to prove something, I had to taste it. I smelled the egg, and it was no different from normal, so I ate it. I can honestly say it was one of the nicest eggs I have ever tasted; it seemed to have more flavour than usual.

I do not know of any food that cannot be treated in such a manner. I have tried preserving every food I can think of, and it all keeps indefinitely, with no refrigeration necessary.

Since publicity was first given to my large, wooden pyramid some three years ago, I have been inundated with letters, phone calls and personal visits. People from all walks of life and many different places in North America and Europe and indeed a few from further afield - Australia, Africa and the East Indies - all have expressed an interest and have given me kind encouragement. Many of these letters, calls and visits have had as their objective the gathering of practical information on the building of pyramids and the problems likely to be encountered.

My pyramid is made from rough sawn timber, cut on and near my own property and milled by a neighbour. But it is not necessary for pyramids to be made of wood. They can be made of any rigid material which will support permanent glazing: cardboard, strong wire, sheet steel or metal, angle irons, logs - anything which will not curve and that can be precisely measured and fitted.

Nor do pyramids have to be solid for many uses; open-sided shapes will do, so long as all corners are joined and the angles are correct. My present pyramid is made of timber and covered with heavy-gauge plastic sheet. Future ones will be sheathed in fibreglass, acrylic or glass. They will be closed pyramids solely because I propose to grow food during the depths of Canada's frigid winters.

My pyramid frame is built mainly of wood measuring two inches by four inches and two inches by eight inches rough sawn (not planed all over). Pyramids can be built to any scale as long as the proportions correspond to those shown above. It is most important that the angles be correct. Here are some basic measurements for a variety of sizes:

There is a video of Les Brown on the web at this time. It shows him describing some of his experiences with pyramids. It is here and in it, Les describes an experiment which he carried out on his very large agricultural pyramid. First, he constructed a helical coil using co-axial cable which he sketches this way:

The coil was then placed on a 1/4" (6 mm) thick sheet of plywood and the end of the wire in the centre of the coil was inserted through the plywood and the central conductor pushed into the ground. The other end of the wire was bent up to act as an aerial, and the board itself was stapled through with two inch long wire staples driven into the ground and acting as further grounding for the coil, as he sketched here:

Les then climbed up a ladder and fastened another coil under the apex of the pyramid. This coil he wound out of multi-stranded copper wire. The wound it in the shape of an inverted cone with the wire going in a counter-clockwise direction and he spread the top strands out like an aerial array. He drew it this way:

He then decided to connect the two coils together using a strand of natural wool, so he tied it to the bottom of the coil at the apex. He climbed down the ladder and standing on the ground, he took hold of the piece of wool and was thrown several feet away by the energy flowing through the wool. This frightened him so much that he took the pieces apart and never investigated that type of arrangement ever again. He believes that it was because he was grounded when he grasped the wool, that there was such an energy flow through him. If you decide to try this with a smaller pyramid, then I suggest that you connect the wool to the lower coil first, making the earth connection that way, before tying it to the upper coil. However, let me stress again that we just don't know what is happening in and around the pyramid, so any experiments which you choose to carry out are entirely your responsibility and at your own risk. Although a good deal of practical information is given here, it must not be construed as being a recommendation that you make or use any of the devices described in this document as the presentation is for information purposes only.

Les Brown mentions other uses for the devices which he has developed. He says:
My wife, who suffered from migraine headaches, had a severe attack for a week; and during that time she took an abundant supply of pills, which proved to be of no benefit. She placed a pyramid on her head in the early hours of the night, and in about 20 minutes had been relieved of all pain. She said nothing of this to me, but two weeks later suffered another headache. Instead of suffering for a lengthy period, she used the pyramid again, and without the use of pills the headache vanished again in about the same length of time. She told me about this second episode. About a week later she suffered an ordinary headache and repeated the performance, with the same result. She now has gone three years with no headaches at all. Around this time, I had been working all day in the hot sun, and the back of my neck became quite painful. I tried placing a small pyramid on the back of my neck while I sat still for a while. It produced the same relieving results for me. I believe it increases blood circulation to the affected part.

After about ten minutes I could feel the pain being drawn out upwards. At the same time my head felt cold on top, not cold to the touch, but simply felt cold to me. I mentioned this to my wife, and she said she had had the same sensations of coldness but was waiting for me to remark about them first. I am not suggesting that this treatment will do the same for everyone, but merely mentioning that it worked for us.

The elderly mother of a friend of mine, her hands badly crippled with arthritis, was persuaded to place her hand on an energiser. A wire pyramid was put over both hand and energiser for one hour. She continued this treatment for a few days, experiencing a diminution of pain and a loosening of her fingers each time. Before she returned to her home in England she actually sat and played the organ. She played haltingly and rustily, it is true, but she had been unable to play at all for several years prior to using the pyramid. Significantly, her hands returned to their crippled state shortly after she returned to England as her pyramid was stolen at London Airport.

We also find that when we are feeling low and depressed, my wife and I sit for an hour or so, each with a small pyramid on our head, facing North, our depression lifts and we feel quite rejuvenated. My wife and I regularly drink pyramid-treated water. If we are feeling low we have a snifter of pyramid water and in a short time we feel a marked lift. On the other hand, if we find ourselves in what used to be described as a choleric state and sit with the pyramid on our head - but facing south -our irritability rapidly leaves and is replaced by a state of calm.

A prominent acquaintance of mine who does not wish to be named, always drives with a pyramid under his car seat. He claims he feels less "bushed" after a long drive than he did before using a pyramid. Many investigators have found that by putting a pyramid or an energiser over, or under, their beds, they experience better and more refreshing sleep, some of them claiming they need far less sleep than they required before using a pyramid for this purpose.

The real keynote when trying these pyramid experiments is persistence. As with many other experiences, pyramids do not always "work" the first time you apply one to a situation, and a person must "stay with it" and make subtle corrections until the desired results are obtained. Putting energized water into a vase containing tulips caused them to last for about three and a half weeks. Not only did they last this phenomenal length of time, but they grew about nine inches during that period ! I have never before seen flowers grow after having been cut.

Many people claim that insect stings stop itching after the application of energised water; this has been our own experience. On one occasion I had a nasty cut on my hand. Immediately after washing it with pyramid water, the pain stopped and when it was fully healed, I had no scar. The cut also healed much more quickly than is "normal" for me.

Please be aware that the energy channelled by pyramids and the Joe Cell described below is very powerful and more than capable of running a vehicle without the use of any kind of visible fuel. Dealing with this power is not an established science and we are just blundering around the edges of a science which has not been properly investigated, so at this time it is a case of discovering what tests have been carried out and analysing the results to see if there is a solid pattern leading to repeatable tests which can be performed by anyone.

We are at about the same place as the Wright brothers were in 1903 just after their successful powered flight at Kitty Hawk. They took their "Flyer" back to Dayton, Ohio and discovered that it wouldn't fly. The problem was not immediately obvious to them. Being down at sea level and in an uncomfortably high wind, was essential for their device to be able to get off the ground, but understanding why and how to overcome the problem was not immediate as the theory of practical heavier-than-air flight was not established at that time. The same situation applies today to pyramid power. The power is definitely there but the methods of controlling it, channelling it and getting it to perform useful work for us is not yet established.

Joseph H. Cater. There has been a good deal of disagreement between people in different locations, on how effective or otherwise, a pyramid is in day to day use. A very astute scientist by the name of Joseph H. Cater explains that this is due to the pyramid being powered primarily by energy flowing from the Sun, and so, people who live near the Equator will find a pyramid much more effective than people living in high latitudes.

Mr Cater explains exactly how a pyramid operates, but to understand his explanation fully, you will probably need to read the extract from one of his books, which is included in Chapter 15., to discover what “soft particles” are, where they come from and what effect they have on everything around us.

Mr Cater says that the energies concentrated inside a pyramid have been shown to be extremely beneficial to humans. Soft particle bombardments from outer space and especially from the Sun, concentrate inside the pyramid. Some, passing through the surface of the pyramid are slowed down to such an extent that the Earth’s gravitational field, repelling the negative charges, tends to keep them inside until collisions with other particles drives them out.

Most of the particles collected by the pyramid, concentrate along the edges as would be expected, since electricity on any charged body tends to do much the same thing, with concentrations at points and along edges. In fact, pyramid frames have been found to be nearly as effective as the closed pyramid, if, and only if, there is a continuity in the framework and no breaks in any of the joining parts.

The soft electrons collected on a pyramid frame or closed pyramid, soon reach saturation point and continued bombardment causes the excess to drop down inside the pyramid. This, coupled with the gravity-repelling forces, causes a high concentration inside the pyramid. The proportions of the pyramid are apparently a factor in it’s performance. If the sides are too steep, many of the soft electrons will move along the edges into the ground outside instead of being forced inside the pyramid. If the sides are not steep enough, not many particles will be collected as they strike the material at nearly a right angle which causes only a small reduction in velocity. If they strike at a sharper angle, there is a greater tendency for them to be retained by the material.

If two side of the base are aligned with magnetic North, it is allegedly more effective. Pyramids can be rendered more potent by lining the interiors of a non-metallic enclosed pyramid, with metal foil such as aluminium or copper. The foil allows a greater quantity of soft electrons to accumulate around the non-metallic outer portion because the soft particles do not pass through the metallic substance as easily, causing a back-up of soft particles. During the process, the foil absorbs large quantities of soft particles before many of them can enter the pyramid. pyramids also radiate soft electrons upwards from the peak.

Many of the soft particles which are stopped briefly on the outside of the pyramid, are repelled upwards by the Earth’s gravitational field, and as well, by soft electrons attached to the pyramid. This produces a funnelling effect which ejects soft electrons from the apex of the pyramid. The Earth’s gravity accelerates soft particles at a far greater rate than it does ordinary matter as soft particles are associated with ethers which are much closer to those of the gravity-inducing particles than is the case for ordinary matter. After the pyramid becomes saturated, a greater quantity of soft particles than ever, will concentrate inside. The foil will continue to radiate a high concentration of soft particles during the night when the number of particles bombarding the pyramid is considerably reduced.

It is found that pyramids work better during the summer than at any other time of the year. They are also more effective in the lower latitudes because most of the energy concentrated by the pyramid comes from the Sun. There are conflicting opinions as to the effectiveness of pyramids because of this as there is little understanding of the principles involved. For example, those who experiment with pyramids in Canada may claim that they don’t work while those in Southern California will contradict them. A pyramid does not increase the flow of soft particles through the area covered by the pyramid as the same concentration flows outside the area. What a pyramid does, is impede the general flow of soft particles and produce a back-up of particles inside and below the pyramid, and consequently, a higher concentration of soft electrons in these regions. The material used in a pyramid is of great importance. This was demonstrated when a wealthy man in the Midwest built a pyramid-shaped house five stories high, which was then covered with gold-plated iron. The phenomena produced were completely unprecedented. For example, ground water was forced to the surface and flooded the first floor. This was because the soft particle concentration inside and below the pyramid was so great that ground water was impregnated with such an abnormal concentration of negative charges that it was repelled upwards by the Earth’s gravity.

Gold atoms have extremely high positive electrostatic field effects, more so than any other atom. This is why gold is the most malleable of all substances. This means that soft electrons will have a greater affinity for gold than for any other metal. As a result, abnormally high concentrations of soft electrons will concentrate around gold. This effect is greatly enhanced when gold is in contact with iron. These dissimilar metals produce an EMF which is turn, causes a flow of electricity or eddy currents resulting in the iron being magnetised. The magnetic field produced, captures additional soft electrons. A higher concentration of soft electrons is created by this combination then could be produced by a similar thickness of gold foil alone. It follows that by far the most effective material that could be used for pyramids is gold-plated sheet iron (galvanised iron should not be used).

With everything else being the same, the greater the size of a pyramid, the better the performance. The reason for this is that the thicker the layer of concentrated soft electrons through which the incoming soft particles must pass, the more they are slowed down when passing. This results in a greater back-up of soft electrons and an increase in the concentration inside the pyramid. Another reason is that a large pyramid has a greater ratio of volume to surface area. Soft electrons are continuously leaking away from the surface of the pyramid, the larger the pyramid, the lower the percentage of soft electrons which is lost. Consequently, very small pyramids are ineffective.

Pier Luigi Ighina   was a remarkable Italian scientist who died in 2004 at the age of 95. He was a colleague of Guglielmo Marconi who was well-known for his work in the early days of radio. Pier, in common with many famous scientists, had an enquiring mind, major intelligence and a very high level of patience and persistence. He too, discovered the energy flows which affect life on this planet and he had his theories and descriptions for what he observed. From his very wide range of inventions and fields of interest, just two will be mentioned here in this chapter as they relate directly to the energy flows channelled by pyramids and Joe Cells, and whether we call this energy flow ‘orgone’, ‘soft electrons’, ‘OD’, ‘ethers’, ‘ambient background’ or whatever, the effects are the same. Pier describes (very briefly) two important devices which have a direct effect on our health and well-being, and on our local environment generally. The first of these passive devices, he has named “ERIM”.

He describes this device as a small apparatus which concentrates and develops what he calls “the Magnetic Rhythm Solar Earth Energy, which regenerates cells and returns them to their normal functioning”. While I have not seen any specific constructional details for this device we do have a general description and several photographs which show three or four different constructions. On the surface, the device appears to be very simple and straightforward and the photographs give the impression that the construction does not have to be exact in order for it to function correctly. However, it needs to be remembered that these energy flows are directly influenced by the user and just because Pier has had spectacular results with his constructions, some of the performance may well be caused by Pier himself. Having said that, there appears to be very little to be lost by attempting a replication and quite possibly, a major amount to be gained if the replication is successful. The following four photographs show three different constructions of the device which looks like this:

Or like this:

Photographs 1 and 2 show two different views of one build. The nine spiral coils have seven turns and the narrow end is a flat turn. The gap between the yellow and blue spirals is quite large, appearing to be just under the depth of two turns of the spirals. The base is the same shape and the mounting bolt is not painted, the colour suggesting that it might be a brass bolt. The size of the mounting ring can be estimated from the man in photograph 2 and I would put it at 250 mm (10”) as Pier was Italian and so probably used metric units of measurement. I doubt that the dimensions are critical and the spirals appear to be about 100 mm (4”) tall with the widest turn being about 45 mm (1.75”). We are not told what metal was used for any of the construction, but as the second of Pier’s devices to be described here specifies aluminium, it can’t be ruled out here, although the metal does look like painted steel.

Both aluminium and copper are generally considered to be non-magnetic because a magnet does not normally attach itself to either of those metals. But, this is highly misleading as both have a major effect when placed in a magnetic field, and the energy flow being channelled by this device of Pier’s is itself affected by magnetic fields, so the use of aluminium is likely to be highly significant. However, that being said, we have no direct information on what is used in this “ERIM” device.

You will notice in photographs 1 and 2, that the lugs on the arms of the bars across the circular mounting are quite short, causing their bolts to be widely spaced, which in turn, causes the outer blue and yellow spirals to be widely separated. Those lugs are longer in the build shown in photograph 3, moving the bolts closer together and bringing the blue and yellow spirals closer together. In photograph 3 the long mounting bolt at the bottom of the ring appears to be thicker and it is painted blue. The spirals have the smallest turn flat across the length of the spiral.

Photograph 4 shows a third build of the device, with an even thicker supporting bolt painted blue, wider spacing between the blue and yellow spirals and this time, the smallest turn of the spiral turned up axially and filed to a point. It appears that the device is assembled and then painted afterwards although the spirals may be dipped beforehand. Photograph 4 shows how the spirals are secured under the head of a bolt which is screwed into a threaded hole in the circular frame. Photograph 3 seems to suggest that constructional accuracy is not critical with the side spirals not aligned correctly (unless the lower spirals are supposed to point slightly inwards which seems unlikely, especially since the top spiral of photograph 3 is not truly vertical and does not align with the other two yellow spirals.

Photograph 4 seems to suggest that the green spirals can be slightly more compact than the others although they have exactly the same number of turns. Every spiral is wound the same way so when viewed from above, the upper spirals move in an counter-clockwise direction as they rise and the lower spirals move in a clockwise direction as they get lower. It might be that the colouring of the components might just be for referencing them, but I do not think that this is so. In the following device, Pier stresses the different colours and considering that different colours radiate different frequencies of light, there may well be significance in the colours. Piers describes the operation in this way:

The properties of the device are determined by it’s shape. The three yellow spirals pointing upwards concentrate Solar Energy while the three blue spirals pointing downwards, concentrate Earth’s bio energy which is the negative reflection from the Earth of the Solar Energy. When these two meet, they produce a wave on the green spirals called the Sun-Earth Magnetic Rhythm (which is the rhythm of everything which exists on Earth - both animate and inanimate). This wave enhances that essential basic rhythm for everything within it’s operating radius, normalising and balancing cells and cleansing the energy of a room. Ideally, the device should be placed in the bedroom so that it can act during the night, but it can also be effective almost anywhere. It should be positioned about 10-20 cm away from walls. At the beginning, to accelerate the process of cellular balancing, you can place your hands about 10-15 cm from each side of the device, with your palms turned towards the green spirals and at the same level as they are. The time required will depend upon individual sensitivity If you have hot water central heating, you can place the device about 10 cm from the boiler with the green spirals parallel to it; the circulating water will carry information throughout the system and cleanse rooms within a few days. To energise water and return it to it’s original, natural state, place a bottle of water at each side of the device, about 10-15 cm from the green spirals. It can also energise foodstuffs such as fruits, vegetables and meats by placing them level with, and about 10-15 cm in front of the green spirals, using a non-metallic support, if necessary. Flowers placed close by, will keep fresher longer, or will blossom sooner than normal.

The second passive device designed by Pier is what he calls his “Elios” device. It is constructed from a long small-diameter coil of aluminium wire which is snaked backwards and forwards through a circular wooden frame supported on three short wooden legs. The wooden frame is painted as shown here:

The aluminium wire coil is fed through the frame using plastic tubular beads. It is not clear if the beads pass the whole way through the frame with the upper bead meeting the lower bead in the centre of the frame, or if the beads are completely external to the wood, or perhaps partially embedded in the wood.

Pier says that the Elios device concentrates the maximum energy output in the cavity. The device is able to destroy every type of toxic pollution, including nuclear radiation. Food exposed to it’s action changes completely because every chemical added to the food gets dissolved by balancing it's own Rhythm (vibration) by a multi-wave signal comprising a full octave of colours. Every type of matter receives a certain type of enhancement from it. For example, our body and all types of biological entities are healed, and growth is boosted by it.

This signal is a stationary type phenomenon of rotating particles which come from the Sun and other stars. These particles strike the Earth, store energy, and return to their sources in a reflected state which is the opposite phenomenon of discharge. Everything which was born or which is growing, changes when inside this column of light-like particles. This phenomenon is called “Solar-Terrestrial Rhythm” and it is the power supply of the Planet, continuously causing balancing and growth. Everything on the planet is continuously bathed in this stream of rotating particles.

Every type of matter has its own basic Rhythm plus the Solar-Terrestrial Rhythm. This rhythm is unique and it represents the state of tension of the specific matter. The matter grows and evolves because of this incoming energy. If you modify the energy with various types of pollution, radiation, or other types of destructive phenomena, you destroy the normal work of Nature. This device concentrates this phenomenon in it’s immediate local area and as a result, it improves the Health and Life Energy of that local environment.

The Elios device is only a passive resonator, tuned by it’s shape to resonate with a harmonic of the cosmic event signal. It consists of a ring of painted wood with seven holes positioned in a heptagon shape in it’s perimeter. This ring is supported on three legs evenly spaced around the circle. On every hole there is a piece of a coloured plastic tube, each one having a different colour and positioned in a particular order.

The sinusoidal conductor is made of aluminium wire, wound clockwise, and inserted through every hole in a serpentine movement, leaving one end facing upwards and the other end facing downwards, parallel to each other. The signal coming from the sky, moves in a clockwise direction. The two ends of the aluminium wire coil finish in adjacent holes. One end points towards the sky and the other end points towards the ground.

The device should be located on open ground and not on concrete which generates an out-of-phase component of the earth signal which destroys the good rhythm. The phenomenon occurs in the cavity especially, and around the perimeter of the ring. To increase the amplitude of the signal you can put glass bottles filled with water, one inside the cavity and six around the outside in a hexagon shape. Wait some days and observe the environment. Everything changes! There is an explosion of life! Everything which I have described happens, depending only on the length of elapsed time and the amplitude of the signal. The device needs sunlight for it’s best operation. Take it away from every artificial electrical and magnetic field because this is only a passive resonator and a strong EMF can distort its' signal.

Do not try nuclear cleansing with Elios until it is highly charged. The device is a passive resonator and it needs to build up a charge before bringing any isotopes near it. When dealing with isotopes, always use water containers but do not contact the substance with the apparatus as you can destroy the ambient rhythm by doing that, and cause very big trouble in the area. This device has a powerful resonant effect on the surrounding land, influencing the environment up to a kilometre in every direction.

The Joe Cell.   The device called the “Joe Cell” used to be one of the most difficult devices for any experimenter to get operating properly but new design data has changed all that. It is a passive device for concentrating energy drawn from the local environment and it takes great perseverance and patience to use one to power a vehicle. Here is some practical information on the Joe Cell.

In 1992 in Australia, Graham Coe, Peter Stevens and Joe Nobel developed previously patented units which are now known by the generic name of the “Joe Cell”.   Peter introduced Joe to Graham and they rehashed the patented cells which Graham knew about, using materials from the Local Dairy Production Facility NORCO.   A two hour long video showing the Joe Cell was produced by Peter and Joe and the unit shown operating in the video was attached to Peter’s Mitsubishi Van.   Joe had his equipment stolen and his dog killed, so he decided to keep a low profile, moving out into the wilds and not generating much publicity, in spite of fronting the two hour video recording.   A search on the Joe Cell will locate many videos on the subject.   This document is an attempt to provide detailed information on a recent Cell built by Bill Williams in the USA and the subsequent constructional advice which has arisen from his experiences.

First, you need to understand that, at this point in time, building and using a Joe Cell of any variety, is as much an art as a science. It might best be explained by saying that creating building plans for it is rather like producing plans for painting a copy of the famous Mona Lisa painting.   The instructions for the painting might be:

1. Buy a canvas, if one is not available, then here is how to make one.
2. Buy some oil-based paints, if none are available, then here is how you make them
3. Buy an artists brush, palette and charcoal, if none are available then this is how you make them.
4. Here is how you paint the picture.

Even given the most complete and detailed instructions, many people, including myself, are unlikely to produce a top-quality copy of the Mona Lisa. It is not that the instructions are lacking in any way, it is the skill and ability of the person attempting the task which are not up to the job. It used to be that not everybody who built a Joe Cell had instant success. However, recent advances have changed all that, but let us run through the earlier constructional information as a lead-in to the current technology.

This applies to any category of Joe Cell.   A Joe Cell is capable of powering a vehicle engine without needing to use conventional fossil fuel.   So, what does the engine run on?   I suggest that it runs on a newly discovered energy field not yet understood by mainstream science.   In another couple of hundred years time, it will be a routine subject which every child in school will be expected to understand, but today it looks like the ‘witchcraft’ of the magnifying glass starting a fire.

It is not unusual for newcomers to the subject to get confused by the Cell itself.   The Cell consists of a metal container with tubes inside it.   The container has what looks like ordinary water in it and it sometimes has a DC voltage applied across it.   This causes many people to immediately jump to the false conclusion that it is an electrolyser.   It isn’t.   The Joe Cell does not convert water to hydrogen and oxygen gasses to be burnt in the engine.   The water in a Joe Cell does not get used up no matter how far the vehicle travels.   It is possible to run a car on the gasses produced by electrolysis of water, but the Joe Cell has absolutely nothing whatsoever to do with electrolysis.   The Joe Cell acts as a concentrator for a new energy field, in the same way that a magnifying glass acts as a concentrator for sunlight, and both have to be done just right for them to work.

At the present time, there are at least fifteen people who have built Joe Cells and managed to power vehicles using them.   Several of these people use their Joe Cell-powered vehicles on a daily basis.   Most of these are in Australia.   The first Cell-powered vehicle was driven some 2,000 kilometers across Australia.

Disclaimer:   The remainder of this document contains considerable specific detail on the design and construction of a Joe Cell.   This presentation is for information purposes only and must not be construed as a recommendation that you actual physically construct a device of this nature.   The author stresses that he is in no way liable for any damage, loss or injury caused by your future actions.   It should also be borne in mind that any alteration to an automotive vehicle, such as changing the fuel on which it runs to hydroxy gas, natural gas, Joe Cell energy, or anything else, might void the vehicle insurance unless the insurer is informed beforehand and agrees to continue insurance cover on the modified vehicle.

In broad outline, a Joe Cell is a 316L-grade stainless steel container, with a central cylindrical electrode, surrounded by a series of progressively larger stainless steel cylinders, and filled with specially treated water.   This arrangement of steel shells and treated water acts as a focusing mechanism for the energy field used to power the vehicle.

The Cell itself is made up with the battery negative taken to the central electrode.   The connection to this stainless steel electrode is made at the bottom with the electrical connection passing through the base of the cell container.   This obviously needs careful construction to prevent any leakage of the conditioned water or the energy focused by the Cell.

Surrounding the central electrode are two or three cylinders made of either solid or mesh stainless steel.   These cylinders are not connected electrically and are held in position by insulating material which needs to be selected carefully as the insulation is not just electrical insulation but is also energy-field insulation.   The outside stainless steel cylinder forms the container for the cell:

The picture above shows the general construction of a cell of this type although, unlike the description below, this one does not have the lip which is used for attaching the lid.   It is included here just as a general illustration of how the cylinders are positioned relative to each other.

The following information on constructing a Joe Cell, is broken down into the following sections:

1. The Materials needed for Construction.
2. Constructing the Cell
3. Getting the Cell working
4. Installing the Cell in the vehicle
5. Getting the vehicle running
6. Suppliers
7. Workarounds

The Materials needed for Construction.

Various vehicles can be powered by a Joe Cell.   If you have not built and used a Joe Cell before, then it is worth using the easiest type to convert.   The most suitable is an older type vehicle with no computer control of the combustion, a carburettor and a water-cooled engine.   If the engine block is aluminium rather than steel then that is also a slight additional advantage.

The Cell is built from stainless steel pipes.   The lower the magnetism of the finished unit the better, so 316L grade stainless steel is preferred.   However, there is no need to become obsessed with this as most varieties of stainless steel can be persuaded to operate.   The length of the tubing is not critical, but about 8 inches (200 mm) is a reasonable choice for the overall length of the inner tubes.   The outer pipe which forms the casing, needs to be about 10 inches in length so that there is clearance above and below the inner pipes.

The innermost pipe diameter is 2 inches (50 mm) and the others can be 3 inch, 4 inch, and 5 inches in diameter as that creates a gap of just under half an inch between the pipes, which is a suitable spacing.   The wall thickness of the pipes is not critical but it needs to be a practical size with 1 mm being the minimum thickness with the most common thickness being 1/16 inch (1.6 mm or 0.0625 inch).   It is important that the walls of the outermost cylinder are completely rigid, so using a greater thickness for that cylinder is an advantage.

Some stainless steel plate is needed for the ends of the outer cylinder.   Ideally, the top and base should not overhang the sides but that is difficult to achieve if the cell is to be airtight, so the end pieces will need to be slightly larger than the outside tube and 1/8 inch (3 mm) thick sheet is suggested.   The base size is 5 inch square, or possibly slightly larger to facilitate cutting a circular shape out of it.   The lid and lip blanks will need to be 6 inch squares, or again, slightly larger to facilitate cutting circles out of them.

The plinth component at the base of the 2-inch inside tube needs to be cut from a piece of stainless steel.   If the option of machining the whole plinth as a single piece is chosen, then the piece of 316L stainless steel needed to do this will be substantial, perhaps a section of solid bar 2.25 inches (57 mm) in diameter and some 3 inches (75 mm) long.   If the easier and cheaper option of using a standard half-inch (12 mm) 316L stainless steel bolt (if one is available) is selected, then a piece of 316L stainless steel some 2.25 inches (57 mm), or slightly larger, 2 inch (50 mm) thick will be needed.   The exact details of this will need to be discussed with the person who will undertake the machining as practical issues come into play, and the optimum size will depend to a certain extent on the lathe being used.   If a screw thread is being machined on the spigot of the plinth, then the thread should match the locally available nuts, unless nuts are also being made up.

Some additional steel will be needed for constructing a mounting bracket inside the engine compartment, also, some double-laminated hessian sacking (“burlap”) and about 36 inches (1 m) of half-inch (12 mm) wooden dowel to use in the mounting bracket.

Some Ultra-High Molecular Weight Polyethylene material as found in kitchen chopping boards will be needed to insulate between the engine mounting and the cell and between the inside tube’s plinth and the base plate.

A length of aluminium tubing typically three quarters of an inch (20 mm) in diameter will be needed for connecting the Cell to the engine, and a short length of strong, clear plastic pipe for the actual final connection to the engine, needed to prevent an electrical short-circuit between the Cell and the engine.   This plastic pipe needs to be a tight push-fit as clamping clips are not used.   A stainless steel compression fitting to fit the pipe is needed to make the seal between it and the lid of the Cell.   It is very important that this fitting is stainless steel as other materials such as brass will prevent the cell from operating.   The wrong material for this fitting has been the reason for many Cells not operating.   Neither brass nor any other material (other than stainless steel) should not be used anywhere in the construction, whether it be for nuts, bolts, fittings, metal connections, or anything else.

Ideally, natural rubber with no additives or colouring, failing that “Buna-n” (nitrile rubber) o-ring, or teflon, is needed for inter-cylinder bracing and some sheet to make the circular lid gasket.   Also some white marine-grade Sikaflex 291 bedding compound.   Natural rubber with no colouring or additives is the best insulator and should be used if at all possible.   After extended use, Bill has found that teflon spacers work better than the rubber and so has switched to teflon.

Seven or eight stainless steel cones will be needed for the water-conditioning process.   These are usually manufactured for machines which separate cream from milk and it is possible to buy them via eBay from time to time.   If none are available, then it is perfectly possible to construct them yourself.

There will also be minor items like a few bolts, lengths of electrical wire and the like.   To summarise this then:

Stainless steel pipes in 316L grade steel:
      5-inch (125 mm) diameter 10 inches (250 mm) long, one off
      4-inch (100 mm) diameter 8 inches (200 mm) long, one off
      3-inch (75 mm) diameter 8 inches (200 mm) long, one off
      2-inch (50 mm) diameter 8 inches (200 mm) long, one off

Stainless steel plate in 316L grade steel:
      5.25 inch (133 mm) square 1/8 inch (3 mm) thick, one off
      6.25 inch (157 mm) square 1/8 inch (3 mm) thick, two off
      3 inch (75 mm) strip, 16 gauge thick, two feet (600 mm) long
      One plinth blank as described above, size depending on the lathe and style of construction.

Stainless steel bolts:
      1/4 inch (6 mm) diameter, 3/4 inch (18 mm) long, twelve off with matching nuts
      One 1/2 inch (12 mm) diameter, 2.25 inch (57 mm) long with two nuts and three washers

Aluminium tubing 3/4 inch (20 mm) in diameter, 3 feet (1 m) long
Plastic tubing to form a tight fit on the aluminium tubing and some 4 inches (100 mm) long
One stainless steel compression fitting to seal the pipe-to-lid connection

Natural rubber with no additives, (or “Buna-n” insulation if natural rubber just cannot be got):
      O-ring tubing, 3 feet (1 m) long
      Sheet, 6 inch (150 mm) square, one off

       White Sikaflex 291 bedding compound (available from ships chandlers), one off
       Double-laminated hessian sacking (“burlap”) 1 foot (300 mm) wide, 6 feet (2 m) long
       Wood (ramin) dowel three quarter inch (18 mm) diameter, 36 inches (1 m) long
       UHMWP plastic food-chopping board, one off
       Sundry connecting wire and ordinary engine compartment mounting bolts, and the like
       Stainless steel cones and canister as discussed below

Don’t polish the tubes and never, ever use sandpaper or wet-and-dry paper on any of these components as the result is scored surfaces and each score reduces the effectiveness of the Cell.

Constructing the Cell
The Joe Cell looks like a very simple steel construction which could easily be made by any amateur.   While it can be constructed by an amateur, it is not a simple construction as it is important to keep any acquired magnetic properties to a minimum.   Consequently, it is suggested that an angle grinder is not used for any of the metalwork, and hand tools used for cutting and shaping.   Also, if the cutting tool has previously been used to cut anything other than stainless steel it should not be used, or at the very least, thoroughly cleaned before use as contamination of your Cell components through particles of another material is critical and can prevent the Cell from working.   It should be stressed again that the materials used in the construction of a Cell are absolutely critical if success is to be assured.   If you have an experienced friend who has made many Cells work, then you can experiment with different materials, but if this is your first Cell and you are working on your own, then use the exact materials shown here and don’t end up with a Cell which doesn’t work.

Bill Williams started building a 5 cylinder cell comprising 1", 2", 3", 4" and outer tube 5" but Peter Stevens later advised him to remove the 1" centre tube and go with only two neutrals being the 3” and 4" tubes as the 1-inch diameter is too small for optimum energy pick-up.

Please accept my apologies if the following suggestions for construction seem too basic and simple.   The reason for this is that this document will be read by people whose first language is not English and who will find it much easier if plenty of detail is provided.

The first step is to construct the base plate, used to form the bottom of the container.   Cut the largest diameter pipe to a 10-inch (250 mm) length.   (If you have difficulty in marking the cutting line, try wrapping a piece of paper around it, keeping the paper flat against the tube and making sure that the straight edge of the paper aligns exactly along the overlap, then mark along the edge of the paper).   Place the pipe on one of the end blanks and mark the blank around the bottom of the pipe.   Cut the blank to form a circular plate which sits flush with the bottom of the tube:

The next step is to mount the innermost 2-inch (50 mm) diameter pipe rigidly to the base plate.   Cut the pipe to an 8-inch (200 mm) length.   The pipe mounting needs to be exactly in the centre of the plate and exactly at right angles to it.   This is probably where the most accurate work needs to be done.   To complicate matters, the mounting needs to be connected electrically outside the base, be fully insulated from the base plate, and make a completely watertight fit with the base plate.   For that reason, the arrangement looks a little complicated.   Start by drilling a three quarter inch (18 mm) hole in the centre of the base plate. Construct and fit two insulating washers so that a half-inch stainless steel bolt will fit through the base plate while being securely insulated from it.   The washers are made from Ultra-High Molecular Weight Polyethylene (plastic food-chopping boards are usually made from this material):

The washers which fit into the hole in the base plate need to be slightly less than half the thickness of the plate so that they do not actually touch when clamped tightly against the base plate, as shown in the lower part of the diagram.   Cut another washer, using the full thickness of the plastic sheet.   This will act as a spacer.

Next, the plinth for the central 2-inch diameter cylinder needs to be made.   This is the only complicated component in the construction.   It is possible to make this component yourself.   The local university or technical college will often be willing to allow you to use their lathe and their staff will usually do the job for you or help you to do it yourself.   Failing that, your local metal fabrication shop will certainly be able to do it for you.   If all else fails and this equipment is just not available, then the ‘workarounds’ section below shows how to fabricate an alternative version which does not need a lathe.

A large piece of 316L stainless steel needs to be machined to produce the plinth shown below.   The actual 2-inch diameter central cylinder needs to be a tight push-fit on the top of this component.   To facilitate assembly, the central boss is given a slight chamfer which helps alignment when the tube is forced down on top of it.   Peter Stevens recommends that tack welds (in stainless steel using a TIG welder) are used to connect the plinth to the outside of the cylinder.   Three evenly-spaced vent holes are drilled in the plinth to allow the liquid inside the Cell circulate freely inside the central cylinder.

An alternative method of construction which does not call for such a large amount of machining is to machine the plinth to take a standard stainless steel bolt as shown here:

When assembled, the arrangement should look like this:

This arrangement looks more complicated than it really is.   It is necessary to have a construction like this as we want to mount the innermost tube securely in a central vertical position, with the battery negative connected to the cylinder, by a connection which is fully insulated from the base plate and which forms a fully watertight seal with the base plate, and to raise the central cylinder about one inch (25 mm) above the base plate.

However, as the plastic washers would be affected by the heat when the base plate is joined to the outermost pipe, when all of the components shown have been prepared, they are taken apart so that the base plate can be fuse-welded to the outside tube.   Unless you have the equipment for this, get your local steel fabrication workshop to do it for you.   Be sure that you explain that it is not to be TIG welded, but fuse-welded and that the joint has to be fully watertight.   At the same time, get them to fuse-weld a half-inch wide lip flush with the top edge of the tube.   You cut this piece as a 6-inch (150 mm) circle with a 5-inch (125 mm) circular cut-out in the centre of it.   When it is welded, it should look like this:

Cut a six-inch (150 mm) diameter lid out of 1/8 inch (3 mm) stainless steel.   Cut a matching ring gasket of natural rubber (Buna-n material if natural rubber can’t be obtained), place it on top of the flange with the lid on top of it and clamp the lid firmly down on the flange.   Drill a hole to take a 1/4 inch (6 mm) stainless steel bolt, through the lid and the middle of the flange.   Insert a bolt and tighten its nut to further clamp the lid in place.   An alternative to this for the more experienced metalworker, is to drill a hole slightly smaller than the bolt, and when all holes have been drilled, remove the lid, enlarge the lid holes to allow free passage of the bolts, and cut a thread inside the flange holes which matches the thread on the bolts to be used.   This gives a very neat, nut-free result, but it calls for a greater skill level and more tools.

If using nuts and bolts, drill a similar hole 180 degrees away and fasten a bolt through it.   Repeat the process for the 90 degree and 270 degree points.   This gives a lid which is held in place at its quarter points.   You can now complete the job with either four more evenly-spaced bolts or eight more evenly-spaced bolts.   The complete bolting for the twelve-bolt choice will look something like this when the cell is installed:

The lid can be finished off by drilling its centre to take the fitting for the aluminium pipe which will feed the output from the cell to the engine.   This fitting, in common with every other fitting must be made of stainless steel.   Video: here.

The next step is to assemble the neutral pipes.   Cut them to 8-inch (200 mm) lengths.   These pipes are held in place by the natural rubber insulators.   This material comes in an o-ring strip which is like a hosepipe with a large wall-thickness.   The gap between the pipes will be approximately half an inch (12 mm), so cut each piece of pipe to a length which makes it a very tight fit in that gap.   Cut six spacers, locate the 3-inch diameter pipe exactly over the inner pipe and push three of them between the pipes, about a quarter of an inch from each end and evenly spaced 120 degrees apart around the circumference of the pipes.   The hole through the centre of the insulating strip points towards the centre of the cell and the ends of the insulator pieces press against the cylinder walls.   These pieces are not placed lengthwise:

Place similar insulators at the other end of the two-inch pipe, directly above the ones already in place.   If you look down the length of the tubes, then only three of the six insulators should be seen if they are correctly aligned.   The spacers will be more effective if the ends are given a thin layer of the Sikaflex 291 bedding compound before the ends get compressed against the cylinder walls.

Do the same for the four-inch pipe, pushing tightly squeezed natural rubber insulators strips between the three-inch and four-inch pipes.   Place them directly outside the insulators between the two-inch and three-inch pipes so that when viewed from the end, it looks as if the rubber forms a single strip running through the middle pipe:

Spark off each of the cylinders in the inner assembly.   This is done by connecting a 12V battery negative to the inside surface (only) at the bottom of the tube and with a wire from the battery positive, sparking the outside surface of the cylinder at the top of the tube.   Give each four sparks in rapid succession.

If you are using a bolt rather than a machined spigot, insert the stainless steel bolt and washer through the bottom of the base to the central pipe.   Wedge the bolt in place by inserting a piece of the dowel, or some similar material into the centre of the 2-inch pipe and tape it temporarily in place.   Alternatively, force the innermost cylinder tightly over the machined plinth.   Turn the inner pipe assembly upside down and place the full-depth UMWP plastic washer on the threaded shaft.   Apply a thin layer of white Sikaflex 291 bonding compound to the face of one of the shaped UMWP washers and place it on the threaded shaft with the bonding compound facing upwards.

Carefully clean the surface of the base plate of the outer casing around the central hole, both inside and outside.   Under no circumstances use sandpaper or wet-and-dry paper, here or anywhere else, as these abrade and score the surface of the steel and have a major negative effect on the operation of the Cell.   Carefully lower the 5-inch outer casing on to the assembly so that the threaded shaft goes through the central hole and the shaped washer fits tightly into the hole in the base of the outer housing.   Apply a thin layer of the bonding compound to the face of the second shaped washer, place it over the shaft of the bolt and press it firmly into place to completely seal the hole in the base plate.   Add a stainless steel washer and bolt and tighten the bolt to lock the assembly together.   If using a bolt, a long-reach box spanner may be needed inside the central pipe for tightening the locking bolt.   If one is not available, use a longer bolt through the washers, screw a second nut up on to the shank of the bolt, file two flats on the end of the bolt, clamp them in a vice to hold the bolt securely and tighten the locking nut.   When the spare nut is unscrewed, it pushes any damaged fragments of the bolt thread back into place.

Finish the assembly by adding three further rubber insulators between the top of the 4-inch tube and the outer 5-inch casing.   Use a thin layer of Sikaflex 291 bonding compound on the cut faces of the insulators as this improves the insulation.   Line the new insulators up with the insulators already in place and make them a tight fit.   These extra insulators support the end of the tube assembly and reduce the stress on the plinth fitting at the base of the central tube when the unit is subjected to knocks and vibration when the vehicle is in motion.

The construction of the basic unit is now complete, with the exception of the lid fitting for the aluminium pipe which feeds the engine.   The construction so far has been straightforward engineering with little complication, but the remaining steps in getting the Cell powering a vehicle are not conventional engineering.   If you do not feel confident about this construction, then advice and help can be got from the experienced members at the Yahoo forum or alternatively, the companion forum both of which are very active.

Getting the Cell working
The Cell is not just the container and the inner tubes.   A major active ingredient of the “Cell” is the liquid placed inside the container.   To a casual glance, the liquid appears to be water and loosely speaking it is water.   However, water is one of the least understood substances on the planet.   It can have many different molecular configurations which give it widely different characteristics.   For example, in one configuration, it will actually burn, but this “burning” is nothing like the burning experienced in an ordinary log fire.   The water flame is not hot and it is quite possible to hold your hand just over the flame without feeling any heat from it.

We do not want to “burn” the liquid in the Cell.   The “conditioned water”, for want of a better description, is not consumed when a Cell powers an engine.   Instead, the engine is powered by external energy flowing into it.   Here, the Cell acts like a lens, concentrating the external energy and focusing it to flow along the aluminium pipe to the engine.   This action is not unlike the way in which a magnifying glass gathers and concentrates the sun’s energy into a small area to raise the temperature there.   The “conditioned water” in the cell, along with the materials and shapes in the Cell, cause the gathering and concentration of this external energy and channel it into the engine.

At this point in time, nobody knows for sure, what the energy is.   Earlier, I called it the Zero-Point Energy field, but I have no direct evidence for that, some people call this energy “orgone”.   Nobody knows exactly how this energy makes the engine run.   Engines powered by this energy sound pretty much the same as when they are running on fossil fuels but they run a lot colder and it is usually necessary to advance the timing of the spark.   These engines can tick over at a much lower rate than normal and they have much greater power than when running on fossil fuels. Bill Williams in America found that when he fitted a Joe Cell to his Ford pickup, the performance suddenly became like a Formula One racing car and very gentle use of the throttle was needed. He says:

"Over the summer, I used the truck to haul firewood for this winter's wood supply. I added 5 gallons of fuel to bring the fuel level to the half tank mark. I ran the truck with the cell which I installed a month earlier. Basically, I tried to forget about the cell being installed in the truck. The Ignition timing was set at about 25 degrees before TDC with no vacuum connect to the distributor. The fuel line was still connected so "shandy" mode was being used. The surprising thing is that the truck did not use any fuel during the two and a half months of driving in the woods. In fact, when I parked the truck at the end of the wooding season, I physically sounded the fuel tank (it is a 'behind the seat' tank). It was still showing the half full mark. I pulled the cell for the winter and have it sitting on the bench waiting for spring to arrive for it to be installed again. I don't even pretend to understand this technology, but I keep hoping that someone will come up with a viable explanation of how the cell works".

Anyway, how do we get “conditioned water”?   It can be generated inside the Cell, but as the conditioning process usually generates an unwanted residue on top of the water and on the bottom of the Cell, there is an advantage to do the conditioning in a separate container.   If water conditioning is done in the Cell, then when the residue is removed, the Cell does not have the correct amount of water and needs to be topped up.   That has to be done with non-conditioned water which promptly puts the Cell back to square one.   So, use a separate conditioning vat which contains considerably more water than the Cell needs.   In the documentary video produced by Peter and Joe, the conditioning procedure is described in some detail.

Joe explains that he conditions the water by suspending an electrode array in the water and applying 12 volts DC to it.   Using the water found local to Joe, the current is initially about 10 amps and if left overnight the current drops to anywhere between 2 amps and 4 amps.   This indicates that his local water contains a large amount of dissolved material since completely pure water will carry almost no current when 12 volts DC is placed across it.   It is almost impossible to get pure water as so many things dissolve in it.   Raindrops falling through the atmosphere pass through various gasses and some of these dissolve in the droplets.   If the pollution in the atmosphere is particularly bad, then the rain can become acidic and this “acid rain” can rot the trees and vegetation on which it falls.   Water on and in the ground, picks up chemical elements from nearly everything with which it comes in contact, so water, any water, needs treatment to reach its “conditioned” state.

Joe’s conditioning electrode array is made up from truncated stainless steel cones, positioned vertically above one another.   Joe describes it as being made up from seven cones (not strictly true) with the central cone connected to the battery positive and the top and bottom cones connected to the battery negative.   That leaves two unconnected cones positioned between the positive and each of the two outer negative cones.   His array looks like this:

What Joe does not mention, but what can be seen in the video, is that there is an eighth cone cut-down and tack-welded in an inverted position underneath the bottom cone:

The inverted cone section appears to project underneath the rim of the bottom cone by an amount of about one inch (25 mm), or perhaps slightly less:

The electrical straps connecting to the cones are insulated to prevent contact with either the other cones or the inside of the metal drum which Joe uses to hold the water being ‘conditioned’.   He says that if this array is suspended in a tank of water (his happens to be a vertical metal cylinder - a significant shape) and provided with 12 volt DC electrical power for a few minutes, then the water becomes ‘charged’ as he expresses it.   Although the water is supposedly clean, Joe gets gas bubbles coming off the surface of the water.   These will explode if lit, so it is very important that this process is carried out in the open air and there is no possibility of the gas ponding on a ceiling.

Joe states that the cleaner the water the better the result.   Also, the longer the array is immersed and powered up, the better the result.   It is likely that the shape of his powered array is causing the energy field to flow through his water in a concentrated fashion.   The water absorbs this energy, and the effect increases with the length of time it is being conditioned, until a maximum level is reached.   The objective is to achieve unusually pure water in one of its least usual molecular configurations.   The overall procedure is as follows:

1. A vertical stainless steel cylinder, with an open top, is obtained and filled with water.   Joe uses a steel beer keg but he selects the keg very carefully indeed from a very large choice of kegs, and then cuts the top off it.   There is no need to have such a large container, or cones as large as the ones which Joe uses.

2. The array of cones is suspended vertically in the middle of the water and 12 volts applied to it.   The Cell is most definitely not any form of electrolyser and should never be confused with one.   An electrolyser operates by breaking water down into hydrogen and oxygen gasses which are then used for combustion inside an engine, and it requires rapid and continuous replacement of the water which gets used up as the engine runs.   The Joe Cell never operates in that way, instead it channels outside energy through to the engine and the water inside a Joe Cell is never used up by the engine running.   However, in this conditioning process, some hydrogen and oxygen are produced as a side effect of the purification process.   Consequently, the conditioning should be carried on out of doors to prevent any hydrogen ponding on the ceiling and forming an explosive mixture there.   The more impure the water, the higher the current which flows and the greater the unwanted electrolysis of some of the water.

3. The procedure for applying the 12V supply to the conditioner electrodes is unusual.   First, connect the negative supply, and only the negative supply.   After 2 to 20 minutes, make the positive connection for just 2 or 3 minutes.   A residue of impurities will form from this process.   Some, being lighter than water, rise to the surface and form a layer there.   Some being heavier than water, sink to the bottom.   The surface residue is removed and the process repeated until a surface layer no longer forms.   This may take 24 hours.   The clean water from the middle section of the container is used to fill the Cell.

Many people are of the opinion that a current of about one amp should flow through the conditioning vat in the early stages of the process.   If the current is much less than this, then it may take a considerable length of time to get the processing completed - possibly one or two weeks if the water needs a good deal of work done on it.   The process can be speeded up by using higher voltage, 24 volts or 36 volts by adding extra batteries or using an electronics bench power supply.   The water can also be pre-processed by placing it in a glass jar in an orgone accumulator for a day or two, but that process is outside the scope of this description.

As the impurities get ejected from the water by this process, the electrolysis element gets stifled progressively and as a consequence, the current drops.   As completely pure, molecularly-reconfigured water is the goal, no additives of any kind are normally added to the water used to fill the Cell.   However, if citric acid is used to clean the cylinders before assembly, there is no harm in allowing them to be assembled in the Cell with traces of the acid on them.

The Cell is filled to just under the level of the top of the inside tube array.   This is very important as we need to have separate cylinders of water divided by the steel cylinders.   If the water level is over the top of the cylinders, then the whole charging arrangement is destroyed.   Further water conditioning inside the Cell may be needed as the cylinders also need to be conditioned.   This is done with an easily removable cover replacing the lid of the Cell.   The Cell should be kept covered while it undergoes its further conditioning and the lid only lifted briefly to examine the bubbles (unless a glass lid is used).   The positive connection to the cell is made to the outside of the 5-inch cylinder and at the top of the cylinder.   A length of copper wire tightened around the top of the cylinder is a convenient way to make the connection to the outside (and only the outside) of the cell.   Place the cell on a wooden workbench or failing that, on a sheet of high-density plastic such as a chopping board.   Connect the negative wire and wait two minutes before connecting the positive wire.

The Cell is ready for use, when it continues to produce surface bubbles for hours after the 12 volt DC power supply is removed from the Cell.   The bubbles produced are not part of the energy-focusing process and are themselves unimportant, but they act as an indicator of the outside energy flowing through the Cell.   When the Cell is running correctly, the flow of outside energy is sufficient to keep the water in its conditioned state without the need for any external electrical supply.   It also maintains its own energy flow through the Cell.   There is no point in proceeding any further until the Cell has reached its self-sustaining condition.   If it is not happening for you, check out the information in the “workarounds” section below and if that does not get your Cell operational, ask for advice and assistance through the Yahoo groups mentioned above.

Some people concern themselves with the pH of the water.   The pH really is not important as the cell will take up the correct pH as conditioning proceeds.   A cell of the type described in this document, will have water which is very slightly acid with a pH of about 6.5, but it is not important to know this or to measure it.   Do not put litmus paper in the cell water as that will contaminate the cell.   Just rely on the action of the bubbles to determine how the cell conditioning is progressing.

Installing the Cell in the Vehicle
When the Cell has reached its self-sustaining condition, it can be mounted in the vehicle.   The first step is to insulate the Cell from the engine components.   This insulation is not just electrical insulation which is easily accomplished, but it is a case of introducing sufficient separation between the Cell and the engine to stop the concentrated (invisible) energy leaking away instead of being fed to the engine through the aluminium tube.   So, wrap the Cell walls in three layers of double-laminated hessian sacking (“burlap”), pulling it tightly around the 5-inch diameter outer tube.   Tie (a minimum of) three wooden dowels along the length of the Cell and bend the mounting bracket around the dowels.   The purpose of this is solely to ensure that there is at least a three quarter inch air gap between the walls of the Cell and everything else, including the mounting bracket:

The mounting details depend on the layout of the engine compartment.   The really essential requirement is that the aluminium pipe running to the engine must be kept at least 4 inches (100 mm) away from the engine electrics, radiator, water hoses and air-conditioning components.

The last four inches or so, of the tube going to the engine cannot be aluminium as that would cause an electrical short-circuit between the (occasional) positive outer connection to the outside of the Cell and the engine itself which is connected to the battery negative.   To avoid this, the final section of the pipe is made using a short length of clear plastic piping, forming a tight push-fit on the outside of the aluminium tube and on the connection to the intake of the engine’s carburettor.   There should be a 3/4 inch (18 mm) gap between the end of the aluminium pipe and the nearest metal part of the carburettor.   If it is just not possible to get an airtight fit on the intake to the carburettor and a hosepipe clamp has to be used, be sure that the fitting is non-magnetic stainless steel.   If such a fitting cannot be found, then improvise one yourself, using only 316L grade stainless steel.

If tack-welded cylinders have to be used, then it is usually best to line all of the seams up as the seam area does not work as well as the remainder of the tube, so if the seams are all aligned, then there is only one small line in the Cell which is not operating at its optimum value.

Cylinders are best aligned in the same direction.   This sounds odd as they are physically symmetrical.   However, these cylinders will be used to channel an energy field and each cylinder has a direction along which the energy flows best.   To find this, stand all of the tubes upright in a tight group on a table.   Leave them for a minute and then place your hand on top of the whole set.   If any tube feels hotter than the others, then it is out of energy alignment with the rest and should be inverted.   Repeat this test until no tube feels hotter than the rest.

An alternative way to do this test is to use a pair of L-rods.   These can be made from two short lengths of rigid black polythene tubing often found in garden centres for use in garden irrigation.   This tubing has 1/8 inch internal diameter and so takes 1/8” brass welding rod very nicely.   The welding rods should be bent with a radius as shown here:

The curved bend in the brass welding rod helps to prevent the rod fouling the top of the plastic tube handle and it allows free rotation of the brass rod.   It is essential that the rod can move completely freely in the handle.   If two of these are made up, they can be used to check the cylinders before they are assembled for insertion into the Cell.   Place a tube standing vertically on a table well away from all other objects (especially magnetic and electrical items).   Hold an L-rod handle in each hand so that the rods are parallel in front of you.   The rods must be exactly horizontal so as to avoid any tendency for them to turn under the influence of gravity.   Approach the cylinder.   The rods should either move towards each other or away from each other as the cylinder is approached.

Repeat this procedure at least three times for each cylinder so as to be sure that a reliable result is being obtained.   Invert any cylinder if necessary, so that every cylinder causes the rods to move in the same direction.   Then assemble the Cell, maintaining that alignment of the cylinders during the assembly.

If you are having difficulty in getting the Cell operational, then try striking and sparking the cylinders again.   This is done as follows:

1. Take a 12V lead-acid battery and position it so that it’s negative terminal is pointing towards East and it’s positive terminal is pointing towards West (i.e. at right angles to the Earth’s magnetic field).

2. Attach a lead from the battery negative to the outside of the base of the tube.

3. Lay the tube on a table and strike it with a hammer along its length.   If the tube has a seam, then strike the tube along the length of the seam.

4. Connect a lead to the positive terminal of the battery and spark the inside of the top of the tube.   It is essential to spark each tube if they have been polished.   It is better not to polish any of the tubes.

5. Repeat this procedure for each tube.

If you consider it necessary to clean the cylinders, then, considering the lengths you went to remove all of the things dissolved in the water, be sure to avoid using any kind of chemical or solvent.   You can electro-clean them by using the following procedure:

Starting with the largest cylinder:

1. Put the battery positive on the inside of the top of the cylinder, and the negative on the outside at the bottom, and leave them in place for one minute.

2. Put the negative on the inside of the top of the cylinder, and the positive on the outside at the bottom, and leave them in place for one minute.

3. Repeat step 1: Put the battery positive on the inside of the top of the cylinder, and the negative on the outside at the bottom, and leave them in place for one minute.

Do this for all cylinders, working inwards.

It has been suggested that an improved method of conditioning water to fill the Cell can be achieved if pulsed DC is used instead of straight DC from a battery.   This has not been proven but there is a reasonable amount of information to suggest that this is likely.   The following, most unusual circuit, has been suggested, but it must be stressed that it is untried and anybody who is unfamiliar with working with electronics should not attempt to construct or use this circuit without the assistance of a person who is experienced in building and using mains equipment.

It is not necessary for there to be four inner cylinders so an alternative might be:

A suggested Joe Cell design is shown below.   This diagram shows a cross-section through a Joe Cell with four inner concentric stainless steel tubes.   These tubes are positioned 0.515625 inches (13.097 mm) above the bottom of the Cell and the gap between each of the tubes (including the outer casing) is exactly that same ‘Diamagnetic’ resonant distance.

It should be clearly understood that a Joe Cell has the effect of concentrating one or more energy fields of the local environment.   At this point in time we know very little about the exact structure of the local environment, the fields involved and the effects of concentrating these fields.   Please be aware that a Joe Cell which is properly constructed, has a definite mental / emotional effect on people near it.   If the dimensions are not correct, then that effect can be negative and cause headaches, but if the dimensions are correct and the construction accurate, then the effect on nearby humans is beneficial.

It should be pointed out that Joe Cells will be constructed with the materials which are readily to hand and not necessarily those with the optimum dimensions.   If picking stainless steel sheet which is not the suggested optimum thickness, then a thinner, rather than a thicker sheet should be chosen.   In case the method of calculating the diameters and circumferences of the inner cylinders is not already clear, this is how it is done:

For the purposes of this example, and not because these figures have any particular significance, let’s say that the steel sheet is 0.06” thick and the outer cylinder happens to be 4.95” in diameter and it is 0.085” thick.
People wanting to work in metric units can adjust the numbers accordingly where 1” = 25.4 mm.

Then, the inner diameter of the outside cylinder will be its outer diameter of 4.95”, less the wall thickness of that cylinder (0.08”) on each side which works out to be 4.79”.

As we want there to be a gap of 0.516” (in practical terms as we will not be able to work to an accuracy greater than that), then the outside diameter of the largest of the inner cylinders will be twice that amount smaller, which is 3.758” :

And, since the material of the inner cylinder is 0.06” thick, then the inner diameter of that cylinder will be 0.12” less as that thickness occurs at both sides of the cylinder, which works out to be 3.838” :

The length of stainless steel needed to form that cylinder will be the circumference of the outer diameter of 3.758” which will be 3.758” x 3.1415926535 = 11.806 inches.

The dimensions of the other inner cylinders are worked out in exactly the same way, bearing in mind that every steel thickness is 0.06”.   The results for three inner cylinders would then be:

Comments from an expert in July 2012:
That information is really ancient history and it was Dave’s best guess at optimising a cell at that time. Later testing left us disappointed with the ‘Blue’ lengths, however the ‘Golden’ lengths make a very nice cell, but not one which is particularly good with an internal combustion engine but one which is better as a learning tool, or for use in healing.

We are into an entirely different approach now, one which entails introducing specific vibrations into the cell. An optimum implementation involves cutting each tube to a specific length so as to make it self-exciting, but that’s not necessary because the frequencies can be introduced just using a caliper, or a precise length of metal touched against the tubes in a sequence. Since this approach was totally different from traditional Joe Cell work, we set up a discussion group specifically for it: here

The nice thing about this approach is that it’s ultra stable. Once the vibration is set up the only way to stop it is to take the cell apart. This construction method totally eliminates the human influence factor problem! In fact, a cell can affect the engine even without there being water in the cell. Another nice thing about it is the mathematical design process is implemented in a couple of spreadsheets. My thinking at this time, is that we now need to incorporate specific engine parameters into the design to tune the cell to a particular engine.

We have been a bit sidetracked lately and have been working a lot on the healing aspects of Torsion fields: forum but I hope to get back into engine testing soon.

Advances in 2011. In an effort to develop a device to emulate the function of a Joe cell without it’s inherent stability issues, Dave Lowrance came up with the idea of a set of 3 concentrically-wound torsion field coils. In early testing it has become apparent that a field is being generated, as demonstrated by their effect on two test engines, even with no power being applied to the coils.

This is the very early stage of the investigation so this initial design is being released with the hope that others will wind and test similar coils and report their results to the appropriate groups, so that we can learn more about them through further experimenting on a variety of different engines.

The initial set of coils were wound on 7/8” (22 mm) diameter stainless steel tubing which happened to be to hand. The use of stainless steel is not significant and two successful replications have used half-inch (12 mm) PVC plastic pipe, as using a non-ferrous material is the main requirement.

The wire diameter has an effect and while 20 gauge (0.812 mm diameter) enamelled copper wire was used for the coils shown here, coils wound with 12 gauge (2.05 mm diameter) copper wire work much better and it is now thought that the weight of copper in the winding is important.

For the first layer, a length of 311 cm is used and wound on the former in a clockwise direction. The ends of the wire are secured with tape, leaving three or four centimetres of wire exposed at each end of the coil, for connection purposes. This is the first layer wound and secured:

The wire for the second layer is cut to a length of 396 centimetres. This second coil layer will be longer than the first layer, so before winding it, it’s necessary to build up the area at both ends of the first layer with tape:

This is so that the second layer of wire will have the same diameter along it’s entire length. It is probably a good idea to completely cover the first layer of wire with tape to ensure good electrical insulation.

The second wire layer is also wound in a clockwise direction:

The wire for the third layer is cut to a length of 313 centimetres. Since it will be covering less length along the former, there is no need to build up the ends of the earlier layers. So, simply cover the second winding with tape, and then wind on the third layer, but this time, the coil is wound in a counter-clockwise direction and then the entire coil is covered in tape to protect it.

To be sure that the second and third layers are centred over the earlier layers, it is a good idea to locate the centre of the wire and start winding from the middle outwards in both directions:

It has been found that one end of the centre winding is similar to the centre tube of the Joe cell, and the opposite end of the outer winding functions like the canister of a Joe cell. In theory, this can be tested by connecting a small capacitor between these two points, and checking for a low DC voltage using a digital voltmeter. Like a Joe cell, polarity is really the important issue to test for, since we do want the positive polarity end to transfer the energy, and the negative polarity end to be connected to engine ground. If the polarity is wrong, simply use the opposite ends of both coils.

In the testing the negative end was connected to chassis ground, and the positive end to a Hull-effect type oil probe already installed in each test vehicle. The oil probe is Robert Hull's contribution to this technology. He found that if you apply a torsion field to the oil, it will charge up an engine in a way similar to a Joe cell, but more consistently than a Joe cell would. There are two basic types of Hull-effect probe - the simplest is just a wire inserted down the dipstick tube. However, the preferred method is to remove the oil-pressure sensor and insert a T-fitting, then slide an insulated stainless steel rod into the high-pressure oil at that point. By using an oil probe, one can eliminate the aluminium transfer tube in favour of a length of wire.

The experimenter who wound the 20-gauge coils then wound a larger diameter set using 12-gauge wire on a 1.5-inch (38 mm) diameter former. He fitted these over the original set and connected just two wires, one end of the innermost of the six coils and the opposite end of the outermost coil. This gave about a 25% reduction in the fuel used by an old Honda Accord car with an Electronic Fuel Injection system.

Fuel-less operation has not yet been achieved, but that could just be a matter of getting the engine set up properly. Some of the issues we need to deal with are things like antifreeze, which destroys the dielectric properties of water, and inhibits it from charging up. This has never been discussed, but it is one of the key things which limited the ability of people to succeed with their cells. Oil is a similar issue. Some oils, particularly the ones with all the additives and detergents, simply won't charge up.

There still needs to be a lot of testing done. For instance, with this setup it might be better to connect one end of each coil to ground. Or possibly the coils would do better if the windings were all connected in series. This is all uncharted territory! Dave’s original concept was to use a set of these coils to replace each tube of a Joe cell.

The engine from an old Pinto car is also being used as a test bed. Attempts were made to run it completely fuel-less. It would kick repeatedly, but just wasn't quite there. It would only kick at a very specific timing setting - somewhere between 50-60 degrees before Top Dead Centre. The Pinto has antifreeze and with just water it's more likely to run fuel-less. But that should be a last-resort option, since most people do need antifreeze.

Devices such as the Joe cell tend to work really well on engines which have a carburettor because the spark timing can be adjusted quite easily. They work well on older EFI engines (probably those prior to OBD2) but they can be a real problem on the newer EFI models as they are liable to cause a fuel injection error state to be reached almost immediately. The newer ECUs control everything so tightly that they are almost impossible to work with (which was probably a design objective of the ECU design).

The Pinto engine had not been started for over six months. No T-field devices were connected to the engine during this period, so we can assume that there was little or no residual charge on the engine. The cooling system had only water in it. The crankcase was filled with NAPA brand 30-weight oil. We fiddled with the engine to get it started. At that time the car had a little motorcycle carburettor on it, rather than the stock carburettor and the timing was set quite a bit advanced.

After just a few minutes of idling we realized that the engine was getting extremely hot with the exhaust manifold glowing red. So we shut it down. Being the optimist that I am, we went ahead and connected the coils at this time.

The next morning I took a little compass and found that it didn’t point to North anywhere within about 2 feet of the car body - a very good sign! So we went ahead and started it up, and carefully monitored the head temperature with an infra-red thermometer. The temperature rose slowly to about 170 degrees F which is a little below normal. After verifying that the temperature held steady at that value, I tested with the compass again, and now it was messed up out to about 10 feet from the body. So the field strength had jumped up about 500% after starting the engine.

We then played with the carburettor and timing to get the smoothest operation at the lowest RPM at which it would idle smoothly. The RPM appeared to be well below a normal idle RPM., and when I went back and checked the timing, it was very close to 60 degrees before Top Dead Centre. At this point everything was looking so good that we tried a few attempts at fuel-less operation, but the engine died each time.

Due to pressure of other work, the car was ignored for a couple of months. When I finally got back to doing a little further testing, I found it surprisingly easy to get it started again. I didn't have to reset the timing to get it running. It actually started up with little effort, which was amazing, since the timing was still way advanced. It should be nearly impossible to start an engine with the timing set like that. The spark is just occurring at the wrong time in the cycle so it should try to push the pistons in the wrong direction.

Anyhow, it was starting to get cold here, so I decided to install some antifreeze, and that just set everything way back. It reduced the field strength by over 80%.

Since then Dave has come up with a coil-set designed to charge up antifreeze, but I was disappointed when I tried it. It did better with the antifreeze than the original set did, but we came to the conclusion that the antifreeze destroys water’s diamagnetic properties to the point that the mixture is just hard to charge up. Working on this problem is the reason why I didn't release the coil info sooner. I kept hoping that we might solve this problem as well, but we didn't. However, this just might not be as big a problem as I thought, because I've heard that well-charged water just might have a significantly lower freezing point. This has not been tested yet to verify it.

An interesting side issue is the fact that the water which I drained out when adding antifreeze, showed no sign of rust. It was perfectly clear. Under normal circumstances, with no additives in the cooling system, this water should have been a horrible orange mess. It wasn't, and that has to be because of the field on the engine.

The Pinto is not roadworthy, so I have no way of knowing what kind of fuel consumption is possible with this setup or what power it might be capable of producing. At this time, I just use it to test different devices, and to try for fuel-less operation. However, if I was to achieve a consistent, repeatable fuel-less operation, it could become roadworthy very quickly, so I could do some actual road testing.

Co-axial Cable Electrets.   There is a device which is not widely known. It is called an "electret" and I have to confess that my knowledge of them is almost zero. Essentially, an electret is a passive device which pours out electrical energy. I do not know where that electrical energy comes from. The Wikipedia encyclopaedia has some highly technical information on the subject remarking that "tunnel ionisation" is a process in which the electrons in an atom can pass through the atom's potential (voltage) barrier and escape from the atom. In an intense electric field, the potential barrier of an atom is distorted drastically and so the length of the barrier through which electrons have to pass, decreases and electrons can escape quite easily. The atoms spoken of here, might be those of a dielectric which could form an electret.

One method which has been used in the past to make an electret, has been to alter the structure of certain types of wax. A more convenient method is to use a reel of standard co-axial cable which is the sort of cable used to connect television aerials to television receivers:

An electret of that type can produce 10,000 volts at 10 milliamps. The current flow of 10 milliamps sounds trivial and of no consequence, but that is not actually the case as the power of 10 milliamps at 10,000 volts is 100 watts, so imagine a 100 watt light bulb brightly lit and not needing any power input at all to make it shine. That is actually, quite impressive.


The arrangement with a single reel of cable is:

Unfortunately, life being what it is, it has been found that when you try stepping that voltage output down to a more convenient voltage, there can be losses which lower the output power to just 50 watts. That sounds disappointing until you put it in perspective. This is a device which has the same output as a 50 watt solar panel in full sunlight, mounted at the optimum angle and positioned near the equator. But, the electret costs far less, produces that full output at any latitude and at night, while the solar panel is restricted by cloud cover, distance from the equator, needs an expensive mounting system, ideally should rotate to track the position of the sun, and only works when there is a high light level. So, the electret's fifty watts of continuous power is not an insignificant thing when you compare it to the other options available. These electrets can be stacked in parallel and an output in the kilowatts range is possible.

Let me stress that I personally have not yet made or used a co-axial cable electret, and so the information here comes from an experimenter who has done this. Also, while the information here is intended to help anyone who wishes to experiment along these lines, the fact that it is here must not be interpreted as my encouraging you personally to try to make or use an electret of this or any other type. If you choose to do that, then you do so entirely at your own risk and nobody other than yourself is liable should any mishap occur.

The following procedure has been used to convert a 500 foot (150 metre) coil of 1/4", type RG6/U 75-ohms, 18-AWG co-axial cable into an electret:
  1. Make sure that neither end of the cable has the screen touching the central core.
  2. Make an electrical connections to both the screen and the core at both ends of the cable.
  3. Place the whole of the spool of cable inside an oven.
  4. Heat the oven (a genuine oven and not a microwave) slowly to 350oF (180oC).
  5. Maintain the heat until the inner plastic insulation is so soft that it can be permanently indented. This plastic must not get too soft and reach the flowing stage, nor must it get burnt or develop holes which allow arcing - if that happens, then the reel of cable is a throwaway. The objective here is to get the plastic to lose it's polarisation memory.
  6. When the inner plastic sleeve has reached this level of softness, apply a steady DC voltage of about 10,000 volts to the connections already made to one end of the cable (to the screen and to the core). Although any voltage from 12V to 20,000V can be used, a 10 mA current draw can be expected when using 10,000V. Maintain this applied voltage at the high temperature for about ten minutes.
  7. Turn off the heat and let the oven cool down gradually at its own rate to the 25OC to 30OC region, keeping the high voltage attached to one end of the cable.
  8. Disconnect the DC voltage.
  9. Connect the cable screen to the central core at both ends of the cable.
  10. Leave the cable at room temperature for five to seven days. During this time, the polarisation of the plastic is reorganising. After this time, the electret is ready for use as a power source.

Joseph H. Cater has produced a most impressive body of information in his books “The Awesome Life Force” and “The Ultimate Reality”. These books are expensive and as they are copyright 1984 publications, I am not allowed to provide you with a copy. Google books have a partial copy of the “Awesome Life Force” here and “the Ultimate Reality” here

I have not constructed and tested the following device, nor do I know anyone who has. As the following information is not widely known, that is understandable. If you do build this device and find it to perform as described, would you please let me know as feedback of that kind is most useful.

Mr Cater describes this invention as: “a simple device which can be easily and cheaply constructed by any back yard handyman without the need for any special tools. This device can put free-energy within the grasp of everyone”. Mr Cater says that this device will let any internal combustion engine run without fuel, and no changes to the engine are needed. The engine can be installed in a vehicle or used for driving an electrical generator. Mr Cater describes two different versions of this device. With either version, the larger the number of layers, the more effective the device becomes and forty layers are suggested as being a practical number. A box of sufficient size is covered with forty alternate layers of aluminium foil and paper. Two thicknesses of newspaper for each layer of aluminium foil should work well, the outermost layer being non-metallic and held in place with a generous amount of masking tape.

Version 1: The box has an air inlet and an air outlet, with non-metallic baffles between them to make the air circulate through the whole of the inside of the box. The box should have a volume of about 1.5 cubic feet (42.5 litres) and a one-inch (25 mm) flexible pipe can be used to connect the box to the air intake of the vehicle. As a box of this size will not fit in the engine compartment it can be located anywhere in the vehicle and the flexible pipe run through to the engine. Copper foil can be used instead of aluminium foil. The actual construction suggested is for a box size 12” x 12” x 18” (300 x 300 x 450 mm) constructed from acrylic and containing forty baffles.

For either version, the box needs to be robust as it has to withstand the stresses caused by the partial vacuum created by the engine’s intake strokes. With metric construction using 10 mm thick acrylic, this would require two pieces 450 x 300 mm to form the top and bottom, and two pieces 450 x 280 mm for the sides, and two end pieces 280 x 280 mm. Mr Cater suggests the use of epoxy resin to join the pieces together, but the supplier of the acrylic can supply a specialist bonding liquid which makes two pieces of acrylic merge together so that there is no actual joint as such, just a continuous piece of acrylic with a right-angle bend in it. The construction is like this:

and the outlet pipe is connected directly to the carburettor if there is one, or to the air intake if there is not, so that all of the incoming air has to pass through the box. Mr Cater specifies 40 baffles inside the box and his diagram shows them running along the length of the box instead of across the width as shown above. Given the dimensions stated and lengthwise baffles, that would leave just 7 mm for an air passage plus a baffle, with 3 mm baffles that leaves only 4 mm for the air passage and while that represents an air-flow area of 1,120 sq. mm. as opposed to 500 sq. mm. for the outlet pipe, the air-flow passage length is 18 metres long and has forty hairpin bends in it and that is going to cause some constriction to the air flow. Whether or not some constriction is desirable is not at all clear.

Placing the baffles across the width, and still using 3 mm thick baffles, gives an air-passage width of 7.5 mm and a passageway area of 2,100 sq. mm. which is a substantial increase over the original 1,120 sq. mm. It reduces the flow path to 11 metres and that may not be desirable. If you decide to construct one of these devices, then the choice of baffle direction is yours. When securing the layers of aluminium foil and newspaper around the whole surface of the box (except for the air intake hole and the air outlet pipe) Mr Cater suggests using spots of ordinary glue and then wrapping the outside in masking tape.

In order to show how the box pieces fit together, the diagram above does not show the layers of aluminium and newspaper surrounding the box on each of the six sides. The joint between the flexible pipe and the air filter can be sealed with duct tape.

Version 2: Is supposed to be easier to construct and more effective in operation. In this arrangement the box is made in the same way and to the same dimensions, but the baffles are replaced by well-packed fibreglass wool sandwiched between two boards, each of which have been drilled with 300 holes 1/16” (1.5 mm) evenly spaced over the area of the board:

In the installation shown above, you will notice that the aluminium tube has been run well clear of the engine components.   A vacuum gauge has been added but this is not necessary.   For the early stages of installation, the aluminium pipe runs to the vacuum port of the carburettor but stops about 3/4 inch (20 mm) short of it, inside the plastic tubing.   This method of connection is advisable for the initial setting up of the vehicle modification.   At a later date, when the engine has been running with the Cell and is attuned to it, the Cell operates better if the pipe is connected to one of the bolt heads on the engine block, again using the plastic tube and a gap between the aluminium tube and the bolt head.   Some people feel that a safety pressure -release valve with a safe venting arrangement should be used if the pipe feeding the engine, terminates on a bolt head. If it is still available, this video shows Bill Williams operating his Joe Cell.

Getting the Vehicle Running and Driving Techniques
The Joe Cell is not a ‘turnkey’ system.   In other words, just building a Cell and installing it in the vehicle is not nearly enough to get the vehicle running without the use of a fossil fuel.   Some adjustments need to be made to the timing and the engine has to become ‘acclimatised’ to the energy.

Mount the Cell in the engine compartment and connect the Cell to the battery negative.   After two or three minutes, take a lead from the battery plus and touch it briefly to the lid of the Cell.   This should produce a spark.   Repeat this until four sparks have been produced.   This ‘flashing’ process aligns the Cell electrically and directs the energy to flow in the direction of the metal which has been ‘flashed’.

The next procedure is dangerous and should only be carried out with the greatest of care.   The engine crankshaft also needs to be ‘flashed’ four times.   This is carried out with the engine running and so can be hazardous - take extreme care not to get caught up in the moving parts.   Connect the lead from the battery positive to the shaft of a long-handled screwdriver and keep your hands well clear.   The procedure is to get a helper to start the engine, then arc the current to the exposed pulley on the crankshaft (where timing adjustments are made).   There should be a total of four sparks to the crankshaft in a period of about one second.

Next, for three or four seconds, flash along the length of the aluminium pipe.   This encourages the energy to flow along the pipe, reinforcing the natural attraction between aluminium and this energy.   Remove the wire coming from the battery positive as the Cell operates with only the negative side of the battery connected (remember that this is NOT electrolysis and the cell just directs the unseen energy into the engine).

Mark the present position of the distributor cap.   Loosen the bolt holding it in place and rotate it to advance the timing by 10 degrees.   Disconnect the fuel to the carburettor (do not use an electrically operated valve for this).   The engine will continue to run on the fuel left in the carburettor and the engine will start to cough.   Turn the distributor cap a further 20 degrees (that is now a total of 30 degrees from its original position) and have your helper use the starter motor to assist the engine to keep turning.

Rotate the distributor cap to further advance the spark until the engine starts to run smoothly.   There will be a gasping sound and the engine will slow nearly to a stop, then it will pick up again and then slow down.   The action is wave-like, something like breathing.   Fine-tune the timing to get the smoothest running and then fasten the distributor cap in place.   Do not touch the Cell, but leave it undisturbed.   You are now ready to drive away in a vehicle which is not using any fossil fuel.

The procedure described here may not end successfully as just described.   Some cars are more difficult to get operating on a Cell than others.   Experience helps enormously when getting the vehicle started for the first time.   Joe mentions in the video that it has taken him a couple of days of sustained effort to get a particular car going for the first time, which is quite something considering that he has years of experience and has got many vehicles and Cells operational.

When the vehicle has been run and is operating correctly on the Cell, it is time to make the final adjustment to the set-up.   For this, the pipe connection to the vacuum inlet of the carburettor is moved from there to terminate on a bolt head on the engine block.   The Cell works best when completely sealed off from the air in the engine compartment and as no gas is actually being moved from the Cell to the engine, there is no need for any kind of connection to the carburettor.   If the engine is a V-type, then the bolt head chosen should be one in the valley of the V, otherwise, any convenient bolt head on the head of the engine block will be satisfactory.   Don’t forget that the connecting pipe must still be kept well clear of the engine’s electrical leads and other fittings as described earlier.   Also, the 3/4 inch (18 mm) gap between the end of the aluminium pipe and the top of the bolt head must be maintained inside the clear plastic tube, and the pipe fitting should remain airtight.   A slight timing adjustment may be necessary with the new connection in order to get the very best running.

The energy which powers the engine has a tendency to run along magnetic fields.   Driving under high voltage overhead power lines can position the vehicle in an area where the energy level is not sufficient to maintain the energy flow through the Cell.   If the energy flow through the Cell is disrupted, then it is likely to stop functioning.   If this were to happen, then the Cell would have to be set up again in the same way as for a newly built Cell which has never been used before.   This can be avoided by attaching an AA (“penlight”) dry cell battery across the Cell with the battery plus going to the lid of the Cell.   A battery of this type has such a high internal resistance and so little current capacity that no significant electrolysis will take place on the very pure conditioned water in the Cell.   But the battery will have the effect of maintaining the integrity of the Cell if it is temporarily moved away from its source of power.

Sheets of nitrile rubber NB70 (“Buna-n”) : Holbourne
Nylon rod: Holbourne
Stainless steel tubing: Stabarn
A4 Bolts (316 S31 stainless): Supplier

If it is not possible to get pipes of the desired diameters, then they can be made up by rolling stainless steel sheet and using a TIG welder with completely inert gas, to tack weld at each end and in the middle of each cylinder.   Don’t weld along the full length of the join unless it is the 5-inch outer casing.

If it is found to be particularly difficult to make the four circular cuts in 1/8 inch (3 mm) steel using hand tools, then I would suggest using a plasma cutter.   Make a template to guide the cutting head and clamp it securely in place.   You can hire the cutter and compressor quite cheaply as you will only need them for a very short time.   If they are not given to you as a pair and you have to select each from a range, take the smallest cutter and a twin-cylinder compressor rated at nearly double the input quoted for the cutter.   This is because the cutter is rated by the volume of compressed air, and the compressors are rated by the volume of their uncompressed air intake as that sounds more impressive.

If no lathe is available for machining the base plinth for the central cylinder, then take a piece of 16-gauge stainless steel sheet and cut the plinth out of it as shown below.   Bend the projecting tags upwards by holding each tag in the end of the jaws of a vise and tapping the body section square, with a flat-faced hammer and if you consider it necessary, tack-weld the top of the tags to the outside of the central cylinder to give rigidity to the mounting.   Extreme heat such as is generated by welding or cutting tends to create permanent magnetism in any ferrous metal being heated, so avoid high temperature operations such as welding wherever possible.   If a tight push-fit can be obtained with the base of the 2-inch cylinder, then I suggest that the optional spot welds are omitted.

This is a most unusual circuit.   A 12V step-down mains transformer provides 12V AC which is taken through a limiting resistor and a zener diode which would not normally be connected as shown.   The really odd thing is that the circuit which contains the secondary of the transformer appears not to be connected.   The expected output from this very odd circuit is pulsing DC of odd waveform, all of which is positive relative to the ground connection, which is a literal, physical connection to an earthing rod driven into the ground.

Engines running while powered by a Joe Cell act in a somewhat different manner.   They can idle at a very low number of revs per minute, the power available on acceleration is much greater than normal and they appear to be able to rev very much higher than ever before without any difficulty or harm.

The type of Cell described in this document was built by Bill Williams in the USA with the help and assistance of Peter Stevens of Australia.   Bill describes his first driving experience with his 1975 F 250, 360 cu. in. (5.9 litre) Ford pickup:

Well, all I can say is "who needs an Indy car when you can drive an old FORD" – WOW!!!!   The first five miles after leaving home were wild.   I had to be extremely careful on how I pressed the accelerator.   I gingerly crept up to 45 mph and that was with moving the pedal maybe half an inch.   The throttle response was very crisp or touchy.   With about a 1/8" of movement the next thing I new I was close to 80 mph.   If I lifted off ever so slightly on the throttle, it felt like I was putting the brakes on and the speed would drop down to 30 mph or so.   "Very erratic".   If I barely even touched or bumped the pedal it felt like I had pushed a nitrous oxide booster button.   WOW !!!

As stated earlier, the first 5 miles were wild and things started to change.   The engine started to buck or surge with very large rpm changes and literally threw me against my seat belt.   It got so bad I just took my foot completely off the pedal and rode the brakes to stop the truck.   The truck left skid marks on the pavement every time the engine surged in rpm.   Well anyway, I manage to get it stopped and shut it off with the ignition key - thank GOD !

I retarded the timing, turned the gasoline back on, crossed my fingers and hit the ignition key, and the engine took right off, revving to maybe 4,000 rpm and then gradually decreased to 700 rpm.   I took a deep breath and put it into drive and the truck responded close to normal again.   I made it into work a little late, but late is better than never the way I see it.   After working during the day at the job and thinking what I could do to stop this erratic rpm oscillation, I decided to disable the cell and drive home on gas.   WOW !!!

Peter Stevens states that the main reason for the erratic behaviour of the Cell was due to outside air leaking into the Cell, and he stresses that Cells need to be completely airtight.   It is also clear that the timing was not set in the correct position.   All properly built Cells give enhanced engine power.

Water Conditioning:
Note: With the Cell design shown later, no water conditioning is needed.   Please be aware that water quality and purity varies enormously from place to place.   One experienced cell builder says: I use water taken from the start of rivers.   Further down the river, the water will have encountered influences which are not helpful.   My favourite water catchment area well is outside Melbourne, Australia, where there are no roads, power lines, dams, pipes or any man made intrusions, the water flows how and where it wants to in natural, twisty downhill paths it has created, the whole area is green all year round and you can feel the vitality and Nature at work.

This water has a pH of 6.5.   That means it is slightly acidic, and perfect for Joe Cells.   I bring this water home making sure that I protect it from excessive sloshing and the heat of the sunlight whilst in the car.   At home, I store it in 20 litre Pyrex bottles.   Do not store it in plastic containers even if the container is marked "suitable for water".   Earthenware or wood containers would also be very suitable.

I make an electrolyte solution by dissolving 500 grams of food-grade phosphoric acid and 100 grams of sodium perborate, in three litres of de-ionised water or distilled water.   Just a few drops of this solution will provide a current of 1 amp at 12 volts in the conditioning vat.   An alternative is to use a 90% acetic acid solution which has no stabiliser in it.

When conditioning the water in the cell, you will need a lid, or some way of sealing of the cell from air.   A lid loosely sitting on top of your test jar is sufficient.   The seeding and breeding process is hampered by having too great an area of the top of the cell being exposed to air.   All lids are not the same as regards to being a obstruction to orgone.   If the lid does not seem to be working, place a layer of aluminium foil underneath the lid and use the foil and lid as one unit.

The aim is to modify the conductivity of the water by the addition of acid, so as to get a suitable current flow.   If we used de-ionised water with a pH of 7.0, we would have a very low current flow for our electrolysis, and would have to add something to increase the conductivity of the water if we wanted observable results in a short period of time.   As we lower the pH, the current flow and electrolysis process will increase together with a heat increase.

We are trying to achieve electrolysis action with the minimum heat generation.   As the propagation of orgone is reasonably slow, there is not much to be achieved with excessive current.   Slow and steady does it.   For the patient experimenter or one that is using neat water, i.e. water without electrolyte, excellent results are achieved with currents as low as 50 milliamps.

The procedure is:
1. Place your cell on a wooden work bench or on a sheet of plastic type material or, as a last resort, on a newspaper.   We are trying to insulate the cell from metal paths that may impede the seeding process.   Keep the cell well away from electrical sources such as a television set, refrigerator, electric cooker, etc.

2. With a multimeter, measure the resistance between the innermost and the outermost cylinders of your cell.   It should be in the high Megohm range.   If not, the insulators are conductive or there is a short-circuit.   Check for a short-circuit and if there is none, remove the insulators and reassemble the set, checking the resistance between the innermost and outermost cylinders as each cylinder is added.   The resistance between every pair of cylinders should be very high.

3. When all is okay in the above step, fill the cell using a funnel containing a paper coffee filter.   Fill it only to a level just under the top of the cylinders and no more.   The effect that we want to create is a set of water cells separated by metal cylinders.   These are your alternate organic and inorganic chambers.   Of course, the submerged section of you chambers are flooded, but with this simple cell, the top will be doing all the work.   This is why the cylinders should be completely horizontal and true at the top, otherwise the meniscus formed by the water would not work and the water would flow from compartment to compartment.   This level is only critical during the seeding process, as we require maximum orgone capture to seed the cell.   Naturally, with a charged cell, the water is sloshing all over the place whilst you are driving the car.

4. Turn on the power supply, and if it is adjustable, set it to 12 volts.   Connect the negative end of your power source to one end of your meter that is set up to read a minimum of 2 amps and connect the other end of the meter to the bottom of the central cylinder.   Wait for two minutes and then connect the positive end of your power source to the top of the outer cylinder.   What you have done is set up the meter to read any current flow into your cell from the power source.

At this stage, if your water is close to a pH of 7, as previously discussed, the current flow will be zero, or in the low milliamp region.   If the current flow is amps, then you are doing something wrong!   It is impossible to pass a huge current through ordinary pure water when using 12 volts.   Think about it.   To draw even 1 amp at 12 volts, the resistance of the water would have to be 12 ohms!   No way!   You are doing something wrong.   Correct the problem and then move on.

5. Presuming that the current is only milliamps, you now want to introduce electrolyte to increase the current flow through the water.   The aim is to get a current flow of about one amp.   To do this, drip a small amount of your chosen electrolyte into the cell water whilst stirring and watching the current measurement.   Use a glass, Perspex or wooden dowel rod as the stirrer - do not use your handy paint-stirring screw driver!   Throw away the stirrer when finished as it will have absorbed some of the cell contents.   Do plenty of gentle stirring of the water as you add the electrolyte, otherwise you will add too much electrolyte.   Stop adding electrolyte when the meter indicates 1 amp.   Your water level may rise as a consequence of the addition of electrolyte.   Remove some water from your cell.   I use a pipette, so as not to disturb the cell.   Remove enough water to again just expose the top of the cylinders.   At this stage, disconnect your meter and power source and have a bit of a clean up as the next stages are guided by observation.

The charging process is separated into three distinct stages which are called Stages 1, 2 and 3.   These stages have both some obvious differences and some subtle ones.   For the rest of the charging process, you will be only connecting your power source to the cell for a maximum of 5 minutes at a time.   As orgone lags electricity by about 30 seconds, you will know the state of the cell in less than a minute.   Do not be tempted to leave the power connected to the cell for long periods!   Yes, I know that you are in a hurry and more is better, but in this case you only generate heat, steam, waste power and overheat the cell.   You can pick the failures by seeing their cells running non-stop for days with 20 or more amps turning the water to steam, etching the cylinders and ending up with a barrel full of scum.   What else would you expect?   After all, electrolysis is time and current related.   If you have had the misfortune of having your cell left on for a long period with high current, you have probably destroyed your cylinders.  You cannot retrieve the situation so throw the cell away and start again.   I bet you don't do it next time!

Danger:   Do not charge any cell that is totally sealed!   The cell will explode, with all the resulting consequences. An airtight seal is not required !   At no stage do I prescribe any form of airtight container.

Stage 1:   This stage is plain old electrolysis.   Due to passing direct current through a liquid which contains ions, chemical changes will occur.   In our case, you will see small bubbles and a cloud of activity that is greater nearest the outside of the innermost negative cylinder.   The important observation points are that the activity is greatest nearest the central cylinder and gets progressively less as we move outward via the different chambers formed by the rest of the cylinders.   Also, within a short period of turning the power off, all activity stops, the water becomes clear and the bubbles disappear.

Every fool and his dog can reach Stage 1.   The secret for progressing further is to restrain your impatience and not increasing the electrolyte concentration to raise the current (and/or leaving the cell on for days on end).   Be patient, leave the cell on for no longer than 5 minutes, turn the power source off, remove the leads to the cell, and put the top on the test cell, or partially block off the exit of the car cell.   It does not have to be airtight!   Go and do something else.   It is like waiting for a tree to grow from the seed.   Do this on a daily basis for days, or a week, or longer, until you get to Stage 2.   You will find that the more "alive" the water is , the quicker is the seeding of the cell.   I have found that the storage, age, and source of the water all affect the seeding speed.   I have also found that by changing the structure of the water by various means e.g. vortexing, shaking, filtering, etc., you can greatly enhance the water quality to make it more "alive".

Stage 2:   You will now notice on your initial powering up of the cell, that the bubbles are getting larger and the white cloud of tiny bubbles in the water are much smaller or more transparent.   Also in Stage 1, you had the action occurring mainly near the central cylinder.   Now the bubbles form in a regular fashion irrespective of their location in the cell.   More importantly, on turning the power off from the cell, the bubbles do not go away immediately but stay there for minutes rather than seconds as in Stage 1.   Also, the top of the water assumes a glazed look and the meniscus is higher due to a change in the surface tension of the water.   At this stage you may have some brownish material amongst your bubbles.   Don't panic - it is only the impurities being removed from the cell.   I find that if I wipe the top surface of the water with a paper towel, the bubbles and the deposit will adhere to the paper and can be removed easily.   Top up the cell with water from your charging vat, if required, after the cleaning, so that again, the top edges of the cylinders are just showing.   No more electrolyte is added!   In cleaning the top of the cell as described, it has been observed that some people react unfavourably with the cell.  If so, keep that person away, or if it is you, try changing your hand i.e. use your right hand instead of your left or vice versa.   If the presence of your hand seems to collapse the surface bubbles, I would suggest you get a friend to do the work for you.

Summary of Stage 2:   The result is very similar to Stage 1, but now we have a more even bubble distribution and an increase of surface tension and a longer presence of the bubbles when the power is turned off.   There will be no scum in the bottom of the cell and the water will be crystal clear.   At this stage the orgone has seeded the cell, but as yet, is not “breeding”, that is, the orgone concentration is not yet great enough to attract additional orgone flow to itself.   With the right cell, water and operator, it is possible to go straight to Stage 2 on the first turn on of a new cell.

Stage 3:   Not many people get to this stage, or what is worse, get here incorrectly.   If you get here following the above steps, your water is still crystal clear with no deposits in the sump.   If you get here by brute force, you will have stripped appreciable amounts of material from the cylinders and this material will now be deposited on the insulators and suspended in the water as tiny particles which never settle out, and finally, the material will form a deposit at the bottom of the cell.   The low resistance insulators and the metallic particles in the water will create a cell which leaks orgone and consequently it will cause endless mysterious car stoppages or refusals of the car to start.

Right, the miracle of Nature is now breeding in your cell.   Upon turning your power on to the cell, within 30 seconds copious beautiful white bubbles will rise from all the surface area of the cell.   Before these bubbles cover the water surface, you will notice a slowly rotating and pulsing front in all cylinders, that is synchronised and has a regular rhythm of about 2 pulses per second and a clockwise rotation speed of about 1 revolution every 2 seconds.   These effects are very hard to observe for a first time viewer who does not know what to look for.   I find it easier to watch these effects with the aid of a fluorescent light, as the 100 cycles per second pulsations of the light "strobe" the water surface and help the observation.

The bubbles may overflow the container and show great surface tension.   One of the definite proofs that the cell is breeding is that, on turning the power source off and coming back the next day, most of the bubbles will still be on top of the water as opposed to Stage 1 or Stage 2 where they disappear in minutes.   There is no way that you can mistake this stage.   The bubbles are larger and pure white, the surface tension is greater, the bubbles are pulsating and most importantly the surface tension remains days after the power has been removed.

I do not recommend any additional tests or measurements.  But for those who are incapable of leaving things be, they may measure the voltage across the cell after it has been left standing with the power off for at least 24 hours.   A Stage 3 cell will have a residual voltage, or more correctly, a self-generated voltage of around 1 volt.   A Stage 1 cell measured under similar conditions will read 0.1 to 0.2 volts.   Remember, that unless you know what you are doing, these voltage measurements can be very misleading due to probe materials and battery effects that can easily mask your true measurement.   As the cell reaches the maximum density of orgone that it can hold, the result of the breeding process is the conversion of this excess orgone into the formation of electricity.   As such, electrical measurement with the correct instruments is a very valuable method in the verification of the efficiency of the cell.   If you are conversant with the work of William Reich, you may care to make an orgone meter and thus remove all guesswork.   This meter is fully described on some web sites.

I do not recommend any form of bubble exploding.   As noted earlier, noise and vibration are orgone-negative.   Therefore, these explosions applied during the delicate seeding period will kill your cell.   Apart from a dead cell, the chance of fire igniting other gasses in the workshop and injuries to the ears etc. makes this exercise highly unnecessary.   I must admit that I too fell for the "go on, ignite it!" feeling.   I had a cell that had been at Stage 3 for seven months.   It was my favourite test cell.   My hands and matches fought my brain and they won.   There was a huge "ear-pulling, implosion/explosion", and yes, I killed the cell.   It went back to Stage 2 for four days.   I will not do it again.

As all water we are using so far has been electrolysed, this water is not suitable for use in non-stainless steel or glass containers due to reaction with the container and the resultant corrosion, but if you have to, or want to, you can use juvenile water with no electrolyte added and still charge it to Stage 3.   As the ion count is much lower, the water is not as conductive, i.e. you cannot get as much current flow with 12 Volts as you would if you electrolysed the water.   However, if you obtain a power supply of approximately 60 to 100 Volts at about 1 Amp, you will be able to charge "plain old ordinary water".   The down side is the additional waiting, in some cases, over 3 weeks, and the cost of the fairly expensive power supply.   The advantage is that you will be able to pour it into the radiator of a car with no increase in corrosion as compared to water containing acids.

Do not at any stage short circuit, i.e. join any of the cell cylinders to each other electrically with your charging leads, wedding ring, etc.   If you do, the cell will "die"!   Your only option, if this occurs, is to connect the cell to your power source and see if you are still running at Stage 3.   If the cell does not revert to running in Stage 3 mode within 1 minute, your only option is to completely dismantle the cell and re-clean and re-charge.   Huh???, you are kidding us, right???   No, I am serious, that is your only option!   So do not do it, do not short out your cell!   You will have similar, but not as severe problems if you reverse your leads to the cell.

When the cell is running at Stage 3, you can tip the charged water out of the cell into a glass container and clean, adjust or maintain your now empty cell.   Try to keep all cylinders in the same relation that they were in before you dismantled the cell, i.e. keep all cylinders the same way round and in the same radial alignment.   This is mainly relevant when dismantling cells over 6 months old as the metal parts develop a working relationship that can be weakened or destroyed by careless re-assembly.

When finished, pour the charged water back and you are back in business.   Of course you can pour this charged water into other cells, or use it as you see fit, but, remember, do not leave it out of the cell for periods longer than 1 hour at a time as the breeding has now stopped and you are slowly losing charge.

It is usually quite difficult to get an engine running from a Joe Cell.   Many people find it difficult to get their Cell breeding (“at Stage 3”).   The following suggestions from various experienced people who have succeeded are as follows:

1. The metal construction of the Cell needs to be of stainless steel and nothing else.   Using copper or brass, even for something as simple as the connector between the Cell and the aluminium tube running to the engine is sufficient to cause serious problems as the energy is not directed to the engine and just leaks away sideways.

2. The water is best charged in a separate vat which has a larger capacity than the Cell itself.   That way, when the Cell is being conditioned and scum removed from the surface of the water, the cell can be topped up with charged water from the vat.   If, instead, ordinary, uncharged water is used, then the whole process is liable to be put right back to square one.

3. Be very sure that the mounting in the engine compartment is electrically insulated from the engine and chassis and be sure that there is serious clearance between the Cell and everything else.   Also, the aluminium pipe running to the engine must be kept at least four inches (100 mm) clear of the main engine components.   Otherwise, the energy which should be running the engine, will leak away sideways and not reach the engine.

4. It can take up to a month to get a steel engine acclimatised to a Cell. Run the engine as a “shandy” where fossil fuel is still used but the Joe Cell is also attached.   This usually gives greatly improved mpg, but more importantly, it is getting the engine metal and cooling water ‘charged’ up ready for use with the Joe Cell alone.   Once per week, try advancing the timing and see how far it can be advanced before the engine starts to ping.   When the timing gets to a 20 or 30 degree advance, then it is time to try running on the Joe Cell alone.

5. Finally, having conditioned the Cell, the water, the engine and the coolant, if there is still difficulty, then it is probably worth conditioning yourself.   Both the idea and the procedure sound like they have come from Harry Potter’s classes in Hogwarts School of Witchcraft and Wizardry.   However, there is a serious scientific basis behind the method.   Use of the Bedini battery-pulsing devices shows that lead/acid batteries act as a dipole for Radiant Energy.   Also, the energy flow which powers the Cell appears to move from West to East.   Bearing those two facts in mind, makes the following rather bizarre procedure seem slightly less peculiar:

(a) Get a car battery and position it so that it’s terminals line up East/West with the negative terminal towards the East and the positive terminal towards the West (along the main energy flow line)

(b) Stand on the North side of the battery, facing South.

(c) Wet the fingers of your right hand and place them on the battery’s negative terminal (which is on your left hand side).

(d) Keep your fingers on the terminal for two minutes.

(e) Wet the fingers of your left hand.   Place your left arm under your right arm and place the fingers of your left hand on the positive terminal of the battery.   Do not allow your arms to touch each other.

(f) Keep the fingers of your left hand on the positive terminal for three minutes.

(g) Remove your left fingers from the positive terminal, but keep the fingers of your right hand on the negative terminal for another 30 seconds.

This procedure is said to align your body with the energy flow and make it much easier for you to get a Cell to “Stage 3” or to get a vehicle engine running.   In passing, some people who suffer continuing painful medical conditions state that they have got considerable pain relief from this procedure.

Recent Developments
One of the greatest problems with using a Joe Cell has been to get it operational.   The reason for this has probably been due to the lack of understanding of the background theory of operation.   This lack is being addressed at this time and a more advanced understanding of the device is being developed.

While it is still rather early to draw hard and fast conclusions, a number of results indicate that there are three separate, unrelated dimensions which are of major importance in constructing a properly “tuned” Joe Cell.   It needs to be stressed that these measurements are very precise and construction needs to be very accurate indeed, with one sixteenth of an inch making a major difference.

The dimensions are specified to this degree of accuracy as they represent the tuning of the Cell to the frequency of the energy which is being focussed by the Cell.   The fact that there are three separate dimensions, suggests to me that there are probably three components of the energy field, or possibly, three separate energy fields.

These three dimensions have been assigned names and are as follows:

Golden dimension:            1.894745” (48.126 mm)
Blue dimension:                 3.458” (87.833 mm)
Diamagnetic dimension:   0.515625" (13.097 mm)

It is suggested that a Joe Cell should be constructed with cylinder heights which are a multiple of either the ‘Golden’ or ‘Blue’ length.   Also, the water height inside the container should be below the tops of the inner cylinders and be a multiple of the basic length chosen for construction.   The inner cylinders should be positioned the ‘Diamagnetic’ dimension above the base of the Cell.   They should also be constructed from stainless steel of thickness 0.06445" (1.637 mm, which is very close to 1/16") and there should be a horizontal “Diamagnetic” gap between all of the vertical surfaces.

The inner cylinders should be constructed from stainless steel sheet which is tack welded at the top and bottom of the seam, and all of the seams should be exactly aligned.   The lid should be conical and sloped at an angle of 57O, with it’s inner surface matching the inner surface of the housing and the inner surface of the outlet pipe.   The outer casing should not have any dome-headed fasteners used in its construction.   The length of the outlet pipe should be made of aluminium and should be 15.15796" (385 mm) for ‘Golden’ height cylinders or 20.748" (527 mm) for ‘Blue’ height cylinders.   That is 8H for Golden and 6H for Blue and should there be a need for a longer pipe, then those lengths should be doubled or tripled as the single dimensions no longer apply (this being a fractal effect).   At this point in time, these are only suggestions as the science has not yet been firmly established.   One possible arrangement is shown here

The perforated boards are kept clear of the top and bottom of the box by 6 mm spacers run around the edge of the box and completely sealed along all of their edges. In the diagram above, the 40 layers of aluminium foil and newspaper are not shown. The fibreglass wool is packed tightly around the edges of the box so that the air is forced to flow through it and can’t bypass the fibreglass by flowing around the edges of the packing. The main body of the fibreglass wool is arranged to be loose enough for the air to flow through it.

What is shown as a “choke” on the air intake is there to allow the incoming air to be shut off completely in order to deal with a situation where the engine doesn’t stop even when the ignition is switched off.

Mr Cater says: “In the above construction, it must be emphasised that the proper packing of the fibreglass wool is of major importance. It must be packed to the extent that the passage of air begins to be seriously restricted. Up to this point, the tighter it is packed the better. The more fibreglass wool, the greater the exposure of the air as it flows through and the greater the dispersion of the air which is a vital factor. If this is not followed, failure will more than likely result. The box should be constructed so that the top can be removed easily.” Mr Cater does not say why the top of the box needs to be removable, but presumably it is to allow for the packing density to be altered until the devices is working well.

Patrick Kelly 
ORMUS and Pyramids

Rotating Magnets/Pyramids "It was determined that the optimal relation between the magnets and the pyramid is when the base of the pyramid crosses the center of the magnet." So... not only do we have the magnets inside the pyramid which deflect charged particles, we also have these other magnets, arranged in rings around the pyramid, which are on the outside of the pyramid.

Free Energy, Gravity and the Aether by Dan A. Davidson

Giza Pyramid Machines: Their true purpose finally revealed.
 AstroNet Astronomy & Science



by Patrick Flanagan, M.D., Ph.D.

from Pyramid Power by G. Pat Flanagan




I read with great interest the report by Bovis describing his discovery of the mummifying power of the shape of the Great Pyramid.

Having been experimenting and measuring bio-energy with the Neurophone and various other instruments described earlier, I began a series of intensive experiments on the shape of the Great Pyramid to see if I could discover its great secrets. I began by duplicating Bovis’ experiments with pyramids of various dimensions. Using Kirlian photography, GSR, voltage differential, and electrostatic fields, I was able to measure the differences of various pyramids and their effects on living organisms such as plants and people.

The very first experiments were in the area of preserving hamburger meat, liver, eggs, and milk. The first experiments were very encouraging.

It was strange to realize I had taken small pieces of cardboard and made a simple shape that could concentrate some sort of energy that would mummify food without any external power source. My controls all got so bad I had to throw them away.

Bovis and Drbal had indicated in their reports that the energy was focused in the King’s Chamber level bout one third up from the base in the middle of the pyramid.

My own research indicates that the energy is present throughout the pyramid. I was able to mummify food anywhere in the pyramid.

By careful measurement, I was able to determine that the maximum concentration of effect was in the King’s Chamber, but there were effects in the other areas of the whole pyramid. Further research with various materials of construction revealed further clues as to the nature of the phenomenon we were investigating.

A series of energy measuring machines will be described. Some of these machines measure the effects of the energy on other things, others are esoteric machines which are extremely sophisticated dowsing devices that rely on the human computer as a readout detector.

I have tried various other geometric shapes other than the pyramid and have not had the results obtained with the exact shape of the Pyramid of Gizeh.

Other geometric structures such as cones, icosahedrons, dodecahedrons, tetrahedrons, octahedrons, greater stellated dodecahedrons, etc. all have shape characteristics, but these other shapes do not have any effects demonstrated by the exact pyramid shape to be described.





As a result of preliminary research, I began a series of serious research projects on the pyramid itself.

The following is a list of pyramids in tabular form:

The dimensions are based on the exact dimensions of the Pyramid of Gizeh. These are some of the dimensions of pyramids used in my experimental work.

Based on the fact that the Pyramid of Gizeh is the only pyramid in the world that is ventilated, I have also experimented with pyramids with windows in the sides. The windows are holes up to 1/3 of the base length in diameter. The holes do not detract from the function and seem to actually aid the processes going on inside the structure.

The pyramids were made of various materials including cardboard, wood, plaster, Plexiglas, steel, copper, aluminum, cement and combinations of the above materials.

The materials used did not affect the results very much, however the size and orientation was of primary importance. I at first believed the pyramid to work best when it was aligned to true north, however, after very careful research, I discovered the best alignment to be magnetic north, contrary to the alignment of the Great Pyramid. This leads me to believe the Great Pyramid was built at a time when the earth’s field was aligned to the polar axis. It is not unusual for the poles to shift.

At the time of the writing of this paper, the earth’s magnetic poles are shifting at a rate of 17 feet per month. In the duplication of Bovis’ experiments, many perishable food items were tried in the pyramids of various shapes and sizes, of different materials, and different orientations, and in different locations in the pyramid itself. The results of these experiments indicate that the best alignment is according to the magnetic axis.

An experiment to determine the validity of this theory was performed by the use of an external permanent magnetic field. This is illustrated in Figure XVI below.


Figure XVI

Testing the effects of external magnetic fields on the pyramid



The pyramid was a six inch base cardboard one.

The magnets are 5 inch alnico, the fields are on the order of 300 Gauss. With the system described, I was able to get mummification of the foodstuffs with ANY alignment of the set, as long as the pyramid itself was aligned to the magnetic fields as shown. The tables regarding the various food experiments are given in my earlier paper, The Pyramid and Its Relationship to Biocosmic Energy.


My contribution to the field in food mummification is in the discovery that the pyramid will preserve food in any part of the structure as well as in the King’s Chamber as reported by Bovis.




Razor Blades

In the duplication of Drbal’s razor blade sharpener, the following discoveries were made:

Whereas Drbal theorized the crystal structure of the blade reformed, I believe the pyramid prevents a dulling effect due to contamination of the surface by skin oils and acids as well as the chemicals in shaving creams and soaps. I shaved over 200 times with the blade treated in the pyramid.


I also shaved an equal number of times with another blade by rinsing my razor out in pure deionized distilled water after every shave. My razors normally go bad in three or four shaves. There may also be a sharpening effect of a sort by the action of energy discharge from the sharp edges of the blade.

It is well known that any sharp object charged with any energy, whether magnetic, electromagnetic, or electric tends to concentrate and discharge from sharp surfaces and points when placed in a charged system.


From this point on, the experiments to be described are entirely the results of my own discoveries in the field.




Effects of Pyramid Energy on Living Organisms

The effects on the pyramid were tested on plants and human subjects. Measurement of changes in the organism were made by means of Kirlian photography, GSR measurements of acupuncture points, Alpha wave detectors, and subjective responses.


Kirlian Measurements

The Kirlian photography set up is the same as illustrated in Figure IV below.


Figure IV

Kirlian photography set up


The basic circuit of the oscillator is shown in Figure XVII below.


Figure XVII
High frequency high voltage oscillator for Kirlian photography



The unit is a high frequency high voltage oscillator operating at 2 megahertz. The oscillator voltage is continuously adjustable from zero to one hundred kilovolts by varying the spark gap over a limited range.

A timer is included in the primary line of the transformer to obtain precise exposures. In practice, the unit is adjusted in a dark room so there is no visible corona discharge from the object to be photographed. The only energy remaining is invisible ultra-violet light. Almost any film may be used with the system from Kodacolor to Polaroid. This unit is a valuable tool for the study of the energy fields around living things.

Several hundred photographs were made of fingerprints and leaves before and after treatment with the pyramid. Photographs were taken in both color and black and white. The color photographs are particularly striking as they show changes in color as well as changes in brilliance and bioplasmic structure.


Figures XVIII and XIX below, are typical examples of photographs obtained with this technique.



Figure XVIII is composed of photographs of a man’s fingerprint before and after treatment with the pyramid.


The voltage setting and timing of the print remain the same. The subject was placed in a simple 6 foot base vinyl plastic pyramid properly aligned to the magnetic poles. The treatment of the subject was for ONE MINUTE in the pyramid. The effect of the pyramid varies. It sometimes takes as long as half an hour in the unit to obtain similar results.

The aura or band of energy around the finger is rounder and larger than the aura in the first photo. The fact that the energy content of the picture is larger and the shape is more rounded indicated an increase in aura without any loss of energy.

A more dramatic effect was obtained with a geranium leaf as illustrated in Figure XIX. The leaf had been off the plant for half an hour when the first photo was taken.


The energy field was almost completely gone as the leaf was dying. In the next photograph the aura has increased considerably showing the recovery from only five minutes treatment in a small six inch base pyramid made of cardboard, again properly aligned to the magnetic poles. The best results were obtained when the pyramids were set up outside the building. The reason for this will be described in the next section on theory.

In the second photo, the leaf is filled to the brim, and many of the black spots are now filled with light.

The Kirlian technique can be used to obtain an instant measure of the result of various energy techniques such as Yoga breathing, meditation, and the effects of foods such as natural vs. chemically grown, alcohol vs. Ginseng, ozone vs. oxygen, etc.



GSR Effects

Figure VIII below, is an example of a sensitive electronic bridge for measuring minute as well as gross changes in GSR or galvanic skin resistance in living organisms.



The unit is extremely versatile as it can be balanced for measurement over a very wide range of input values.


The unit may be coupled to a recording oscillograph, or other means for permanent records of results. The sensitivity can be adjusted to detect minute changes in resistance.

The normal electrode arrangement for plants is by means of German Silver electrodes.


The electrode arrangement is illustrated in Figure XX below.


Figure XX

Typical arrangement for measuring the effect of pyramid on GSR of plants


The electrodes should be cleaned with emery paper before every use. The plant leaf should be free of dust. The electrodes may be held in place by means of alligator clips. The stand and flexible wire arrangement are necessary to prevent stress on the leaf.

Liquid electrodes have been tried, but I prefer the arrangement illustrated.

Small probe type electrodes have been tried with some gratifying results, but these have to be tested some more before these results are released. The theory of using the small electrodes is to trace the plant’s acupuncture points. The plants exhibit many differing characteristics of change, they appear to sleep at times, and are very active at other times.

The main results are recognized as a very rapid change of resistance, a lowering, when a pyramid is placed over the plant. Clear plexiglass pyramids as well as opaque cardboard ones have been used in the experiments. The instantaneous changes occur under any type of pyramid. An attempt to correlate change in resistance with strength of energy is somewhat successful. There are no changes when the plant is sleeping. It is easy to tell when a plant is sleeping by the response of the meter.

When the plant is responsive, there is a relaxation rate of change that is a continuous slow, sometimes fast change of resistance. Changes in the environment, another person coming into the room, a change in color of illumination, a loud noise, all affect the plant. Even the thoughts of the researcher have effects.

At times, the plant appeared to be oscillating with the heartbeat of the investigator. At this time, when the signals are active, the plant will respond instantaneously to the effect of the pyramid.

Controls were made by lowering a plexiglass cube over the plant. In the case of the equal volume cube, no changes were observed as they were with the pyramid.



Human GSR Measurements

The measurements on the body of a person are much more active than the ones measured with the plants.


The electrodes and arrangements have been described earlier.

The semiconductor effect, change of resistance with polarity of measurement from one side of the body to the other were measured, as well as basic changes in the normal resistance of the points in one direction. In all cases with both male and female subjects, very rapid changes in GSR between acupuncture points occurred in all subjects.

Typical changes in less than five minutes of treatment were a balancing of the semiconductor effect, and a general lowering of resistance in the body. Resistances as great as 150,000 ohms changed in less than five minutes to 2500 ohms. The treatment pyramids were both the large 6 foot base and the small 6 inch base pyramids. Tests were made on all areas of the body and the results all correlated: the pyramid caused an apparent balancing of the QI or TCH’I flows in the meridians.

The easiest points to measure are those on the head, and the semiconductor effect from hand to hand. The exact points were located by means of the unidirectional electrode placement.


One electrode is placed on the earlobe, and the other is a small rounded test probe of the type used with multimeters. The probe is run in the area of the point to be found until a gross change in resistance is found. The exact spot is marked with a small washable marker pen. The same procedure is then duplicated on the opposite side of the body for the corresponding opposite point. At this time, two small electrodes are attached to the opposite points, and the points are measured from one to the other, changing the polarity of the electrodes and noting the resistance in both directions. The differential is then noted.

With the electrodes attached, and the meter polarity adjusted to the polarity which gives the highest resistance, the pyramid is then lowered over the subject, or small pyramids are then placed over the points and adjusted to the magnetic poles. The greatest changes were again noticed when the experiment was performed outside a building.


A very rapid decrease of resistance will be noted in the resistance of the point. A change of polarity will show that the other side is also decreasing, but not as fast. At some point, the resistance regardless of polarity will be the same or very close regardless of polarity. The over all resistance of both points is often decreased considerably.

If the semiconductor effect is not observed on the first set of points, another meridian is chosen and measured until an unbalanced meridian is located. The voltage and current from the GSR bridge is negligible, and has no effect on the points as the electro acupuncture described by the Chinese. The balancing of semiconductor effect is observed after the subject is treated with the pyramid. It should be stressed that the purpose of the experiments described is not to treat the subject with acupuncture, but to measure the pyramid’s effect on the psychic energy points in the body.


The same results of GSR change were also noted with other developments such as the pyramid matrix and the pyramid energy plate to be described later.



Dielectric Constant of the Skin

Changes in skin dielectric constants were also measured on test subjects.


The test equipment is described in Figure VI.



A few of the electrodes are illustrated in Figure XXI.


Figure XXI


The electrodes are three. Coaxial, dual capacitor and single capacitor.

A constant pressure was applied to the head electrode arrangement by means of a constant tension band salvaged from an old pair of headphones. The coaxial electrode is useful for measuring change in resonance or dielectric constant in a limited precise area. The instrument used was a little more sophisticated.

It was basically an oscillator consisting of the electrode arrangement as a frequency determining element. The output of the oscillator is fed into a discriminator which simply converts the frequency changes into voltage change. The voltage/frequency changes are then read directly on a zero centered volt meter.

The dual electrode arrangement is used for measuring the change across the whole body.

The single capacitor arrangement is coupled with a direct contact electrode and is used for tracing meridians over the skin surface. The Capacitor in this arrangement is usually a very small disc or a small ball. The dielectric or insulator used is 1/2 mil mylar tape placed over the surface of the capacitor. The capacitors are conducting silver epoxy. The electrode is made by turning a solid piece of acrylic stock in a lathe.


The side view of the coaxial electrode is an example. The dark area is the sunken part of the block, the electrode area. The wires are inserted in holes drilled from the other side. The cavities are then filled with silver conducting epoxy. The surface is then sanded smooth when the epoxy has set.


The electrode surface is polished with emery paper and the dielectric covering is then placed on the surface of the electrode unit.



Alpha Rhythm Measurement

Much work needs to be done to correlate the results of the experiment to be described. This experiment has been performed three times and needs to be done many more times to be conclusive.

One day while trying out an alpha feedback machine, one person was having a very hard time turning on alpha. He would go through the various stages of relaxation and try as he may, he could not turn on alpha.

While his eyes were closed, I placed a 2 foot base pyramid over his head. When the pyramid was lowered over his head, strong alpha came over the loudspeaker. When the pyramid was removed, the alpha turned off. When the test was repeated, the same results occurred.

The experiment has been duplicated on three people with the same results.




Subjective Reports

Several hundred people have sat in the 6 foot base plastic pyramids.


The tests were first run on friends who were asked to sit in the pyramid for half an hour and then asked to describe their feelings when they were in the structure. The subjects were given no indication of what to expect. In all cases, the subjects reported intense heat in the body and a tingling sensation in the hands.


The pyramid was then ventilated with large holes in the as illustrated in Figure XXII below.



Even with large holes in the sides, they still reported an intense feeling of heat. The description is similar to the Tibetan Tumo.

A number of people decided they wanted pyramids of their own. My own body energy has increased since I began sleeping in the pyramid tent.

An effect reported by many is a sense of time distortion.

One subject sat in the pyramid for 4 hours and had the subjective impression that 1/2 hour had passed.

It had been stated by alpha researchers that a person in the alpha state loses all sense of time and space. This correlates with observed alpha activity in the pyramid.





Many of the subjects were interested in psychic phenomena and practice various forms of meditation. ALL subjects who practice meditation have reported a significant increase in the effects of meditation in the pyramid.


This correlates with the theory that the Great Pyramid was built as a meditation chamber to develop psychic powers.





No extensive tests have been conducted on animals at this time. There are however, three cases of interest.

A friend of mine placed his pet cat in a pyramid once a day for 1/2 hour. The cat liked the pyramid and began to sleep in it. When the test was begun, the cat had been a voracious meat eater.


After 6 weeks, the cat stopped eating meat and starved rather than eat meat. Subsequent tests indicated that the cat had changed his diet and would only eat fruit and vegetables, cheese and nuts. The animal became a vegetarian! He ate raw vegetables and fruits of all descriptions; canteloupe, avocado, oranges, and watermelon.

The same thing happened to another cat as well as my own poodle.




Growth of Plants

A series of tests were run on the effects of pyramid treatments on the growth rate of plants.


The test plants were alfalfa sprouts. I had some familiarity with sprouts as I had grown over 2500 pounds of them in the confines of my office!

The sprouts were treated three different ways: 1. treatment of feed water; 2. direct treatment of the plant in the pyramid; 3. treatment of the seed in the pyramid. In all cases, identical tests were made in an identical volume cubic box as a control structure.

In all cases, the pyramid treated plants grew 2 to 3 times as fast as the controls, were more healthy and lasted longer after harvest.


One California grape farmer used my system on his irrigation system and his grape yield was 2-1/2 times the average yield of his neighbors and the California average.



Water Treatment

The water may be treated in several ways.

It may be placed in the pyramid in a container for a period of time depending on the size of the pyramid and the amount of water treated. I used a 2 foot base pyramid and treated a quart bottle for 1/2 hour.

Another technique is to run water into a spiral coil placed in the pyramid and fashioned into a form of fountain.



Direct Treatment of Sprouts

The pyramid used was a one foot base unit made of clear plexiglass. Four inch holes were cut in the sides for full ventilation. The sprouts were grown entirely in the pyramid.


The controls were grown entirely in a well ventilated equal volume cube.



Treatment of Seeds
The seeds were placed in pyramid for 8 hours.




The water and plant treatments were best, the seed treatment was last. The pyramid grown sprouts lasted over a week without spoilage after harvesting.


The controls on the other hand lasted 24 to 36 hours before spoilage.




Because of the dehydration or mummification of foods in the pyramid, I tried a number of experiments to see if the dehydration rate is accelerated in the pyramid. It is not.


Normal dehydration occurs, the difference being that items placed in the pyramid do not decay while dehydrating. Sprouts grown in the pyramid and left without water 24 hours do not die and decay as the controls do. The controls developed odor and died.


The sprouts in the pyramid dehydrated slightly but did not decay and resumed normal growth when watering was resumed.



Short Term Effects On Foods, Change of Taste

During my original tests on mummification of foods, I used to taste the foods being treated to make sure they were really good. Although there was no sign of decay, I wanted to see how the food tasted as it was undergoing the process of mummification.

I was in for a great surprise!

Not only did the foods taste good, they tasted better than they did before they were placed in the structure!

I began experimenting in earnest, and discovered that the pyramid could have an effect on the taste of food even when the food was treated for a surprisingly short duration. I was so impressed by this new discovery that I began a series of double blind tests on the change of taste in foods. I used several dozen people, and the test was conducted as follows: The foods were all taken from the same source, that is the foods tested were the same food divided in half so the control would be the same as the treated sample except for the treatment.


The samples were then placed in paper cups with numbers on the bottoms. The cups were then divided and recorded in a master file. The ones chosen for the pyramid were then treated for five minutes in the pyramid. The pyramid used for the tests was the 6 inch base ventilated.

The cups of food were then all mixed at random so no one knew which food was which. Taste tests were conducted and 40 out of 48 people chose the foods treated in the pyramid as being more to their liking.

I like hundred percent results, so I interviewed the ones who missed on some of the foods and learned they were either heavy smokers or drinkers. Subsequent interviews with a licensed wine taster confirmed my suspicions that people with certain eating and drinking habits cannot distinguish taste very well.

The foods tested were of all types; sweet, sour, various alcohols, fruits, and tobaccos.

  • Bitter and sour foods lose their bite, they become milder.

  • Sweet foods become sweeter.

  • Coffee loses its bitterness and tastes as if it were acid free.

  • Fruits increase in their qualities.

  • Acid tasting pineapple loses its acid taste and becomes as sweet as fresh ripe pineapple picked right out of the field.

Tobacco loses its harshness: Mexican black tobacco loses its harshness and tastes like mild choice Virginia.


The most dramatic effects occurred on pipe tobacco, unfiltered cigarettes, and cigars.

One of my associates smokes a very harsh unfiltered brand and uses a crystal type filter cigarette holder. When his cigarettes were treated in the pyramid, he noticed he did not have to change his filter crystal so often. Instead of changing it between every pack, he now has to change it after every three or four packs.

People who had whole cartons of their brands treated with the pyramid came back wanting their new cigarettes treated because they could not stand the harsh taste of their normal brand after smoking pyramid treated cigarettes. Bananas and other perishables keep longer if they are treated in the pyramid for half an hour after they are purchased.

Controls all turned bad in a short time, and the fruits treated in the pyramids kept fresh up to twice as long as the controls.

Cut flowers take longer to die if they are placed in pyramid treated water. Speaking of water, tests were run on the taste of regular city water treated in the pyramid. The water used to water the plants.


All people who made the tests noticed the pyramid water tasted fresher and had less of a chemical or chlorine taste than the water which was untreated.




Other Pyramid Configurations

During the taste testing experiments, it was discovered that there was another phenomenon. This new discovery is extremely significant. I mentioned earlier that in any energy system, energy tends to discharge from sharp points.

This new discovery is that the pyramid also has energy coming from all of its five points! A very fast test of this is to take a cup of coffee and divide it into two cups. Then set up a small, say 6 inch base pyramid and align it to the magnetic poles. Place one of the cups on the top of the pyramid for a minute or so and taste the difference! This test came about as a result of some unexplained phenomena.


Some researchers tried the mummification experiments and their controls also mummified without decay. I soon discovered that the control was affected by energy radiation effects off the points of the pyramid. If the control is placed too close to the pyramid it is affected also!

The results of these experiments led to the development of a new contribution to the subject.


This new device is illustrated in Figure XXIII below.



This new device I call the pyramid matrix or grid.

The matrix has been made in small one inch base pyramids. These pyramids must be precision machined as a small error will affect results.

The matrix I have developed is a unit measuring 3 x 5 inches and has fifteen small pyramids on it. Food placed on the top of the matrix is affected in the same way that food is affected in the big pyramid! The matrix has been used with success in all the previously described experiments.


It is considerably more compact than the larger bulky pyramid.




Pyramid Energy Plate

As this item is of a highly proprietary nature, I cannot reveal the exact technique for its manufacture as patent applications are pending on it as well as the pyramid matrix.


This new device is a result of these researches and is simply a small aluminum plate which has been electronically charged with “amplified” pyramid energy.


This small 1/8 inch thick plate does everything the pyramid does and is very compact. It too has been tested in all the projects and creates the same effects as the large pyramid. It is not a primary pyramid structure and loses its charge after a while. Best estimates of loss are at 3 years. The pyramid experimental energy plate is a type of psychotronic device on the order of the Pavlita generators.



Psychotronic Twirler

Figure XXIV is a drawing of a PK device similar in nature to Pavlita’s devices.



This device is laid out in a pattern so anyone can construct it. The solid lines are cut with scissors and the dotted lines are creased and folded. A little experimentation will result in the suspended unit on the bottom of the page.

The device is suspended from a support by a very fine silk thread. It may be enclosed in a glass tube to eliminate the effects of air currents.

The psychotronic twirler is basically two pyramids placed top to top … the proportions are the same as the Great Pyramid.
The use of the device is as follows:

The device is suspended and allowed to settle - so that it is not moving. In order to start rotation, stare at the device with an intense gaze and concentrate entirely on it and its movement. It will help to draw a zig zag figure on the surfaces of the pyramids to aid in the operation. Follow the zig zags with the eyes. After a bit of practice the device will spin and gain in velocity!

Another way of operating the device is as follows:

Operation of Twirler by TCH’I

Stand erect with the arms extended in front of the body. While breathing deeply and rhythmically, open and close the hands rapidly many times; do this until the arms start to get tired. The longer it is done, the more intense the effects.

When the arms are tired, hold the hands a few inches apart with the palms facing, and a strong flow of tingling energy will be felt. This is the same as TCH’I or TUMO and KUNDALINI.

Hold the hands near the twirler and it will take off as the energy from the body energizes it.

Aligning A Pyramid To True North

Different sources say that the Great Pyramid at Giza back when it was built was off from True North by no more than 1/20º to 1/30º--and perhaps even less.  This is based on geological shift through the ages, where our land masses have been slowly shifting over the eons to where they are today.  Many people have written books on the power of pyramids, and every one I have come across have stated how much of a difference the energy of a pyramid is--and how it can affect things inside it and around it--when it is aligned to True North.  For example, in the book Pyramid Power by Max Toth and Greg Nielsen, they describe some experiments done by someone trying to mummify honey.  The honey was in liquid form when she started the experiment, and after three weeks, the honey had become sticky and tacky.  At that point, somebody had accidentally moved the pyramid from its true North-South axis, and the honey turned back into its liquid form by the end of the fourth week.  She realigned the pyramid, and after another three weeks, it returned to its same tacky consistency.  At this point, she was curious to see if it would return back to its liquid state if the pyramid was moved off its North-South axis.  After one week, it did.  This time she realigned the pyramid, and left it that way for about eight weeks.  When she checked the honey at this point, it was the consistency of rubber.

I will show you in this article how to align a pyramid to True North, which by the way, is how non-metallic pyramids should be aligned.  If you are using a metallic pyramid, you should align it to magnetic North, in order for the pyramid to take the most advantage of the magnetic energies of the Earth.  In this case, you would simply align your pyramid in the same direction as the needle on your compass points to. 

The reason you align a non-metallic pyramid to True North is because it is harnessing the rotational inertia of the Earth and transmuting it into the mysterious energy that concentrates at its centre, in the King's Chamber, one-third up from its base (thus its name "Pyr-a-mid," which means "Fire-in-the-middle" in Latin).  When a pyramid is aligned to True North, each face of the pyramid is in alignment with the rotation of the Earth, thus becoming more effective in harnessing that energy.

In this article, I will show you two different ways to effectively align a non-metallic pyramid to True North.  The first way is by using a compass.  In the second part of this article, I will show you how to align a pyramid using Polaris, or what is known as the North Star.  I believe that this is the most accurate way to align a pyramid, but you can only use this method if your pyramid will be outside, or if it will be in a room where the North Star is visible from a window.  If you plan on using the North Star as your guiding light, you can click here to go directly to the second part of this article. 

Using A Compass To Align
Your Pyramid To True North

It is very important that you use a good compass if you want results.  Don't use any of those Cracker Jack compasses out there for under $10.  Also, when you are working with a compass, you will want to make sure that you are not wearing any jewelry, watches, or anything else metallic like belt buckles, as they can interfere with magnetic fields.  Also, keep it away from any electronic devices, especially stereo speakers.  And if your pyramid is indoors, it is advisable to shut off the power in your house at the circuit breaker (but this is not absolutely necessary).

The Compass Store and Stanley London are good places to get a wide variety of good compasses for a reasonable price.  I will recommend a few different compasses from these places that you can get for different situations.  For example, if you are going to align a small sized pyramid less than a few feet wide at the base, then you would want a baseplate compass, which has a straight edge on it to help you align the pyramid.  You could get away with the Silva Polaris 177, though the Brunton 8097 Eclipse Compass has 1º increments on the dial and would be the better, more accurate choice.  And if you're lucky, and live in an area where the magnetic variation isn't more than 5º (I'll explain later), or if you know how to use a protractor to make the adjustment, then I would recommend the Stanley London Chart Compass due to its 1/2º accuracy to True North.

If you are going to be aligning a larger-sized meditation pyramid outside, or in a large room, I would recommend a lensatic compass, which allows you to site a much longer True North-South baseline.  I would recommend getting the Small Prismatic Compass, accurate to within 1º, or even better, the Prismatic Surveying Compass which is accurate to within 1/2º.  I will explain later how to use a lensatic compass.

So the next thing you need to find out is what the magnetic declination (or variation) is for your area.  You see, the needle on your compass points to the Magnetic North Pole of the Earth, not the true North Pole.  The Magnetic North Pole is actually a spot somewhere in the North Canadian Islands and it is constantly moving.  It has actually picked up speed in recent years, currently moving about 40 kilometers per year, up from 10 km/yr in the early 1900s.  Here a map showing its different locations over the last 100 years or so.

Every place has a different magnetic variation.  Some places have very little variation, like in the central United States, because from there, the Magnetic North Pole is lined up with the true North Pole.  Other places, there is a large variation, like up in Northern Canada, where you could be east or west of the Magnetic Pole.  So in this case, the compass needle can be pointing east (or west) towards the Magnetic Pole, and be off by almost 90º.

If you live in the Unites States, you can click here in order to find your magnetic declination.  Simply enter in your zip code and click the "Get Location" box.  When you do that, the program will enter in your longitude and latitude coordinates in the boxes below.  Next, click the "Compute Declination" box and scroll down to see what your decination is for your area.  The only thing you need to write down is the degrees, minutes, and E or W.  Don't worry about how much it is changing.  So in my case, my zip code is 98597.  When I enter that in and click "Compute Declination," it says "17º 27' E".  What that means is that for where I live, the needle on my compass points 17º 27' EAST of True North.  Make sure you don't get it backwards:  The needle is East of True North; NOT True North is East of the needle.

You will also need to know how to convert the minutes part of that computation.  There are 60 minutes in a degree.  So in my case of 17º 27', I would divide the 27 by 60 to get 0.45.  So the magnetic declination for my area is 17.45º E.  The needle points 17.45º East of True North. 

If you live outside the U.S., click here to find the latitude and longitude for where you live.  Simply type in the nearest city where you live in the box that says "Birth town."  You don't need to enter any state or country.  So, for example, when you type in "vienna", you get a listing of 30 different Vienna's around the world, each with a longitude and latitude listing next to it.  In this case, we are looking for Vienna, Austria, which shows a latitude of "48n13" and a longitude of "16e20".  You will then need to convert that to decimal by dividing the 13 in 48n13 (48º 13') by 60 to get 0.2166.  So the latitude coordinate is 48.2166º N.  The longitude coordinate of 16e20 converts to 16.333º E.  So once you have those two coordinates written down, click here to get to the site to compute your magnetic declination, and manually enter in these two coordinates in the latitude and longitude boxes.  Make sure you get latitude in the latitude box and longitude in the longitude box.  Latitude will either be N or S (of the equator) and longitude will either be E or W (of the Prime Meridian).  Also make sure when you are entering the latitude coordinate in the box you click either N or S for that coordinate, and that you click E or W for the longitude box.  After that, click the "Compute Declination" button and scroll down to find your magnetic declination.  (Don't worry about the date.)

Now that you have your magnetic declination and the proper compass, you can align your pyramid.  If it is a smaller pyramid and you are using a baseplate compass with a straight edge, you will want set your compass at one of the sides of where your pyramid will be.  (Make sure your pyramid and compass are on level ground.) 

Now move your compass as closely as you can to what your magnetic declination is.  (Again, make sure there is no metal or electronic equipment nearby.)  So let's say my declination was 17.45º E (or 17º 27' E).  That's pretty close to 17.5º E.  Remember, 17.45º E means the needle points 17.45º East of True North.  So when I line up my baseplate compass, the needle will be pointing 17.45º East of North on the compass (or, 17.45º to the right of N on the compass).  (If it were 17.45º W, then the needle would point to the left of the N on the compass.)  Once the compass is lined up, then simply place the pyramid next to the straight edge of the compass.

Most compasses are set up where North is either "N", "0", or "360".  20º to the left (west) of this will usually say "340", and 20º to the right (east) will say "20".  So in my case of 17.5º E, I simply have to align the needle on my compass so that it is pointing to 17.5º, like it is shown in the picture above.  If your magnetic declination were say, 17.5º W instead, then you will need to subtract that from 360 to find where the needle points.  In this case, it would point to 342.5º, which would be 17.5º to the left of the 360º point.

Some compasses can also be adjusted on its face for your magnetic declination.  Mine, shown in the picture above, can be spun like a dial to adjust for True North.  I don't recommend doing it that way unless you are certain you are doing it the right way, because otherwise you might get confused and turn the opposite way than you are supposed to.  Also, if your compass does adjust like mine does, make sure it is set at 0 (meaning there is no adjustment made) if you follow the way I recommend.

Aligning A Larger Pyramid 
With A Lensatic or Prismatic Compass

Materials you will want to have:  A good lensatic or prismatic compass, a torpedo level (a small 6-inch level--a regular level will also work), string, a tape measure (two is better), a carpenter's square (a long, L-shaped tool), 4 good stakes, a hammer, and a large block of wood or a cinder block.

The first thing you will want to do is to mark the spot where you want the center of your pyramid to be.  If it is to be outside, make sure you choose a spot that is in harmony with you.  That should be the most important criteria for choosing a spot.  Basically, if it feels right, then do it.  The second important consideration for a proper site is how level it is.  If you want your pyramid on the side of a hill, go for it, but just expect to do a lot of digging if you want your pyramid level (which I highly recommend).  Even areas with a moderate slope can create a lot of work.  You can dig out the high spots and add blocks under the low spots, but I don't recommend raising any part of the pyramid by more than six inches off the ground.  Otherwise, it could be unstable and fall off of its blocks, causing injury and/or damage to your pyramid.  It would be better to dig out more ground than to raise the bottom of your pyramid way up high.  You will also want to consider the changing of the seasons:  Will it be exposed to full sun in the summertime?  Will it get too much shade in winter?  Or be too exposed to the wind?  All of these should be factors in determining where to put your pyramid, but the most important factor is what feels most in harmony with you.

OK, once you know where you want the center of your pyramid to be, the next step is to place a block of wood or a cement block at the southwest corner (or southeast corner if it is more convenient for you) of where your pyramid will be.  If you are in a wide, flat, open area and you don't need the center of your pyramid to be EXACTLY where you marked the spot, then you can estimate where the SW or SE corner would be and put the block there.  You would essentially want to measure half the width of your base south from the center, and then that same measurement again east or west (whichever is most convenient) from that point.  Once you have placed the block where you want it to be, you can skip the next few paragraphs by clicking here.  If it is important to you to have the center exactly where you marked it, then continue on to the next paragraph.

Once you find the spot that you want to be the center of your pyramid, mark that spot by pounding in a stake.  The next step will be to pound in a temporary stake due South of that center point, right where the outside of your pyramid would be.  First, you need to know what the length of the base of your pyramid is.  Let's say in this example that it is 13 feet long.  So you would simply divide that length by 2 to get 6.5 feet, or 6' 6".

Start by extending the tape measure from the center stake going due South (your best guess).  Line up your compass so that the needle is where it should be according to your magnetic declination.  So in my case, the needle would be pointing at 17.5º.  Move back and forth until the sites that you are looking through on your compass line up with the center stake of your pyramid.  Make sure your compass is level when you do this.  So you will be due South of your center stake.  Now measure the correct distance due South of your centerpoint.  In my case, it would be 6.5 feet.  Pound in a stake at this point. 

If you are having trouble lining it up correctly, line up the compass an extra foot or so further away from your centerpoint and place it on a level block.  You can level it with a torpedo level--a small level about 6 inches long.  Once the compass is lined up correctly, measure with the tape the correct distance from the stake and make it in line with the compass.  You can also use the sites to line it up.  Then pound in the stake at the correct distance on the measuring tape.

Next, tie a string between the two stakes.  You will be placing a block of wood or a cinder block either due East or due West of that Southern stake (whichever is most convenient for you).  It will be the same distance away from the Southern stake as the Southern stake was from the center stake.  (In this example, 6.5 feet.)  You can use a carpenter's square to get the right angle for it.  You can also use your compass, and rotate it 90º to the east or west.  Or you can find the correct spot using two tape measures:  The length from the Southern stake is the same (6.5 feet in the example), and you will have to multiply that length by the square root of 2, or 1.414, to get the distance from the center stake.  So in the example, 6.5 feet times 1.414 equals 9.19 feet.  In order to find out how many inches 0.19 feet is, multiply by 12 to get 2.3, or 9' 2.3".  You can round it to 9' 2" if you don't want to deal with the decimal.  (If you do, multiply 0.3 by 16 to get 4.9 and round to 5.  So in this case, it would be 9' 2-5/16".) 

Don't worry if it is not precise.  So the distance from the Southern stake is 6.5 feet, and the distance from the center stake is 9' 2-5/16".  When you line up both measurements from both stakes, you will get the exact point where to place your block.  This will actually be where one of the corners to your pyramid will eventually be.

If you don't have a carpenter's square, or the mathematical abilities to find the right angle, then just use the corner of a large book:  Line up one edge with the string, and line up the other with your tape measure.  (Which will be attached to the Southern stake; and in the example, you would be measuring 6.5 feet.)

Once you know where your block will be, you will need to make sure it is level for when the compass sits upon it.  Use a torpedo level to make it level in the East-West direction, and then rotate it 90º and make sure it is also level in the North-South direction.

After you have leveled your block, place your compass upon it at the proper point that you measured for it, and then line it up according to your magnetic declination.  So in my case, the needle would be pointing to 17.5º.  (In a prismatic compass, simply line it up with the prism with the number you calculated--17.5º in this case--342.5º if it were 17.5º W.)  Remember to make sure there is nothing metal on or near you when you are doing this.

Once your compass is lined up, you will want to measure with the tape measure from your compass in the direction of True North, about 1.5 feet less than the length of your pyramid (only 1 foot less if the length of the pyramid is under 10 feet).  So in my case, it would be 11.5 feet (13 feet minus 1.5 feet).  It only needs to be close.  While the tape measure is extended and laying upon the ground, you will want to have a partner move a stake back and forth from that distance while you are looking through the sites in the compass.  BE SURE NOT TO TOUCH THE COMPASS, unless it is to align it better to True North. 

Once your partner has the stake lined up in your sites, have her pound it in.  You should also line up your sites on one side of the stake for more accuracy, if possible, and then line up the next stake on the same side.  IMPORTANT:  Make sure that the stake is straight up and down when it is pounded in.  You can use a torpedo level for this, or a string with a weight tied to it.  Also make sure that the stake is pounded in deep enough so that it won't move.  You now have your North Stake.

You will now want to pound in your South Stake, which will also be about 1.5 feet away from the compass (unless your pyramid is less than 10 feet at the base--then 1 foot away), in the direction the sites are looking (North).  Follow the same steps for the South Stake as you did with the North Stake, and pound it in, remembering to keep the stake straight up and down, and siting it on the same side as with the North Stake (if possible). 

Note:  The actual distances shown in the picture should actually be 1.5 feet and 11.5 feet--oops!

You can now remove the compass and the block it was sitting upon, as well as the first stake you pounded in to the right side (or left side) of your compass.  You now have your True North-South Stakes, which you can use to push one side of your pyramid up against while you are setting it up.  Hopefully, if you have followed the instructions carefully, it will be aligned to True North to within less than one degree and bring powerful experiences to you in your life.  So be it.

Using The North Star To
Align Your Pyramid To True North

Please note:  You can only align your pyramid to the North Star if you are in the Northern Hemisphere and if your pyramid is going to be outside (unless you can see the North Star through a window in the room where your pyramid will be).

Items you will need:  Four metal fence posts; two 4-foot dowel rods (1-inch wide); string; two plumb bobs, or heavy fish weights; two rectangular or square (not round) wooden stakes, at least two feet long, and not warped or curved.

Tools needed:  Hammer or mallet; scissors; tape measure; torpedo (6-inch) level--a regular level can also work; flashlight; compass (helpful if you do not know where True North is).

Using the North Star is the most accurate way to align a pyramid to True North--if you do it right.  Some of you might wonder why the star named Polaris is more commonly known as the North Star.  The North Star is the only "stable" star in the night time sky, meaning of all of the stars in the sky, the North Star is the only one that doesn't move.  Actually, it does move, as all stars do.  It just doesn't move as much as the others, from our perspective.  You see, the Earth spins around its axis, which goes from the North Pole to the South Pole, and that is what creates the apparent motion of the stars, including the rising and setting of the sun during the day, and the movement of the moon across the sky at night.  We're the ones that are really moving that makes the stars, the sun, and the moon look like they are moving across the sky--not the actual movement of these celestial objects themselves.

So, in the case of the North Star, it is a bit special in a way.  It is not the brightest star in the sky.  It just happens to be in alignment with the North Pole.  So when the Earth spins around its polar axis, the North Star moves very little.  And thus, is the reason Polaris is called the North Star.  (Polaris, by the way, means "Pole Star" in Latin.)  And it is also the reason sailors and mariners throughout the ages of time have always used it to navigate by--because when they know where the North Star is, they know where True North is.

So, how do you find the North Star?  Well, the best way is find somebody who knows how to find it to show you.  Also, you can click here for a great site that tells you how to find it yourself.  If you can find the two stars shown at the end of the Big Dipper, then it is about two fists away to the North Star with your arm partially extended.  (Make sure you go the right way from the Big Dipper--up out of the pan.)

Now, you may have noticed from the last website I had you click onto that the North Star isn't exactly in line with True North.  It actually makes a small circle in the sky as the Earth spins around its axis with a radius of about 3/4º.  That may not sound like very much--and in truth, if your pyramid were only off by that much, it wouldn't be that bad.  But, believe it or not, the circle that it makes in the sky is about 3 times the size of the moon.

So, the most that your pyramid could be off by is 3/4º if you align it accurately with the North Star.  And if you're lucky, it will happen to be near the top or the bottom of the circle that it makes when you align it, and be almost exactly True North.  But what if you didn't want to guess? 

Well, there is actually a trick that can let you know when Polaris is nearly aligned to True North.  When the North Star is either at the top or the bottom of the circle that it traces across the sky, it is in direct alignment with the North Celestial Pole.  The North Celestial Pole is an imaginary point in the sky where True North is.  It is the point from which the North Star (as well as all other stars) revolve around from our perspective.  And if the North Star were actually at that point, it would be a non-moving, constant point in the sky.  You can click here to get a better understanding of what the North Celestial Pole truly is.

So there are two times in every 24 hour period as the North Star scribes its circle in the sky around the North Celestial Pole, that it is in direct alignment with this imaginary point--once when it is directly above it, and once when it is directly below it.  So how can you tell when it is in one of these two positions? 

I am going to have you go back to the previous website I had you go to showing you how to find the North Star.  (Click here.)  Look at the diagram that shows the Big Dipper along with Polaris as part of the Little Dipper.  You will notice that at the far end of the Little Dipper, on the opposite side of where Polaris is, there are two somewhat bright stars, one is shown as blue in the diagram, and the other red.  The brighter of the two, the red one (it doesn't seem red in real life), is called Kochab, and is about the same brightness as the North Star.  It turns out that Kochab is almost exactly directly on the opposite side of the Celestial North Celestial Pole from Polaris. 

So if you really want to be accurate when you are aligning your pyramid with Polaris, you simply have to wait until the North Star and Kochab are in vertical alignment with each other.  It doesn't matter whether Polaris is directly above Kochab, or Kochab is directly above Polaris.  As long as they are straight up and down (or close to) then they are in alignment with True North.  (Although both Kochab and Polaris can be in alignment with True North at such a time, always use Polaris to align your pyramid to be the most accurate.)

So you've figured out how to find the North Star, but what about figuring out where Kochab is?  Remember that Kochab is part of the Little Dipper, on the opposite side from Polaris, and that it is almost the same level of brightness.  I actually don't see the Little Dipper when I find the North Star.  But it is very obvious to me where Kochab is:  I can see the two stars that are opposite Polaris in the Little Dipper quite easily, as there are no other stars of the same brightness that close to the North Star.  And Kochab is the brighter of those two stars in the Little Dipper.  (Refer to the diagram again if you are unsure.)  It also helps to know that these two stars are in the general direction of the handle of the Big Dipper starting from the North Star.  And as always, if you are unsure, find someone who can point it out to you.

All right.  Now that you know how to find the North Star, the next step is to learn how to align your pyramid to it.  This is what the end result will look like when you finally have your pyramid aligned to True North:

First, you will want to figure out where you want your pyramid to be.  Mark a point with a rock or other object where you want the center of your pyramid to be.  You will then need to estimate where the east or west side of your pyramid will be (whichever you prefer), for this is where the two North/South stakes will be that your pyramid will be pushed up against.  (Refer to the "Aligning Your Pyramid With a Compass" section for a more accurate description on how to do this if you are very particular on exactly where you want your pyramid to be.  If you don't need your pyramid in an exact position, then you can just estimate it.)

So where you would estimate the south-west corner of where your pyramid will be (or south-east corner if you are aligning your pyramid on the east side), pound in two of the metal fence posts in an east-west direction about 2-3 feet apart.  Neither the direction nor the distance apart needs to be exact, just close.  (If you need help getting an idea where the east-west direction is--or north-south, for that matter--you could use a compass--or the North Star, if you know its direction.)

Now you will want to do the same thing for the north-west corner (or north-east corner, depending on which side you are siting) of where your pyramid will be.  Measure out the length of the base of your pyramid in a northerly direction from your left fence post and pound in the third fence post.  Then pound in the fourth and final fence post three or so feet to the right of the third fence post.  (This is where it would be really helpful if you had a compass to estimate where north is, if you don't already know.  Be sure to look up your magnetic deviation for your area as described in the first part of my article to get a more accurate reading of True North.)  The third and fourth fence posts do not have to be exactly in alignment with True North, just close.  And if you don't have a compass, just estimate.  The worst thing that could happen is that you didn't align them close enough, and then you will have to repound them in the next day (more on that later).

Next, tie a 4-foot dowel rod to the tops of both pairs of fence posts.  Once you do that, tie one of the plumb bobs to each dowel rod.  It is important that the plumb bobs, or whatever weights you use, are heavy enough not to be easily blown around in the wind.  Make sure that each plumb bob is close, but not touching the ground (about 1-2 inches above the ground is good).  Also, do not tie the string tightly around the dowel rods.  Tie it loosely as it will be moved back and forth along the dowel rods.

Now comes the fun part.  Wait for a clear night.  Find the North Star, and determine if Kocheb is in vertical alignment with the North Star.  If it is not, and you want to wait until it is, then the next step is to figure out when it will be in alignment.  (If it is nearly in alignment, i.e. the equivalent of being at one o'clock or 11 o'clock on the dial of a clock, then that is pretty darned close, and I would say is good enough.)  

Polaris and Kocheb are almost like a clock, actually, except it is twice as slow as a normal clock.  Kocheb is like the dial on the clock, and Polaris is the center of the clock.  They are also going in the opposite direction of a clock.  So, for example, if Kocheb is at the equivalent of 3 o'clock, which would be directly to the right of Polaris, then it would take Kocheb 6 hours, travelling in a counter-clockwise direction, before it would get to 12 o'clock and be in vertical alignment with Polaris.  Incidentally, 6 hours is the longest you would ever have to wait.  Another example:  Let's say that Kocheb is at 7:30 in relation with Polaris being the center of the clock.  That is halfway between 9:00 and 6:00.  If you imagine that you are going backwards in time, then it would take 1.5 hours to go backwards from 7:30 to 6:00.  But since it is twice as slow, it would take 3 hours.  Remember, Kocheb can be either in the 6:00 position or at the 12:00 position for Polaris to be in direct alignment with True North.)

OK, so now you've waited for Polaris to be in direct alignment with True North.  Now, you will want to sit behind (or just south) of your Southern String.  I find the easiest way to do this next step is lay down on my back proped up on my elbows with my legs and feet pointing towards the north, but off to one side so that it doesn't hit the string.  In this position, you will want one of your eyeballs about one to two feet away from the southern string.  Actually, you will want to try to get as far away as possible, while you can still look up and line up Polaris with the top of the string.

Now, you may want a helper to shine a flashlight on the string if you can't see it.  It goes both ways, though.  If you shine too much light on it, it could make the North Star hard to see.  But if there is no light on the string, you might not be able to see the string.  You will just have to play with it and see what works best for you.  You might even alternate shining the light on the string, and then taking it off when you need to see the North Star.

So the next step is to line up both strings with the North Star (remember: you are aligning it with Polaris, NOT Kocheb).  So here's the trick:  When you are laying on your back, and you have one of your eyeballs lined up with the string and the North Star, without moving anything but your one eyeball (it takes practice, but you can actually move one eyeball and not the other), slowly lower your eyes so that you are looking at the Northern String.

Now, more than likely, the Northern String will not be in line with the Southern String.  (You may also need your helper to shine the light on the Northern String, or alternate back and forth between strings.)  At this point, you have two options for adjustment:  If you have a helper, you can have that person adjust the Northern String until it lines up; or, if you are by yourself, then you will need to adjust the Southern String until it lines up with the Northern String.

Once it is lined up, look back up the string and line up your eye with the North Star.  Then, without moving, slowly lower your line of sight down the string until you see the Northern String again.  If it is still off, then readjust one or both strings, and then check again.  Keep doing this until your one, single eyeball lines up with the Southern String and both the North Star and the Northern String at the same time.

A couple of notes:  Everytime you have to move one of the strings, you will want to wait until it stops moving before you do your sight check.  Also, if it is very windy, and the plumb bobs are moving around, you should wait for a calmer night, if possible.  And lastly, if when you did your first line of sight check, there was no way to line up the Southern String with the Northern String because the Northern Posts were too far off, then mark the approximate spot where your Northern String should be with a rock or by pounding in a stake, and then pull out your Northern Posts and pound them in on either side of that spot and do the process over the next day (or that night, if you are that ambitious).

All right!  You now have your Northern and Southern Strings aligned to True North.  The last and final step (which can be done the next day unless you are in the middle of a storm) is to pound in your Northern and Southern Stakes, from which your pyramid will be pushed up against to align it to True North.

So the idea is is that you want each of your North and South Stakes about 18 inches inside from the corners of your pyramid.  (Do less than 18 inches if your pyramid is under 10 feet.)  So after you pound in your first stake you will want to measure the second stake 3 feet less than the length of your pyramid from the first stake.  (18 inches times two equals 3 feet.)  So, for example, if your pyramid is 12 feet wide at the base, then you would want your stakes to be about 9 feet apart.  (It doesn't have to be exact.)  Also, if your Northern and Southern Strings are approximately the same distance apart as the size of your pyramid, then you can simply measure 18 inches away from each string.

You will need a helper for this last and final step.  You can be on your stomach this time, sighting with one eyeball, from behind the Southern String, lining it up with the Northern String.  Now, your helper will first pound in the Northern Stake, which should be appoximately 18 inches south from the Northern String and the north-west (or north-east) corner of your pyramid.

Your helper will move the flat, wooden stake back and forth until you say it is good.  You want to line up one side of the stake with the two Northern and Southern Strings that you are sighting down.  Once it is good, have your helper pound in the stake, while you are still watching to make sure it doesn't move out of alignment.  As your helper is pounding in the stake, he/she will want to make sure that it is vertical, which can be checked with a torpedo (or a regular) level.  Also, make sure that the stake is pounded in deep enough where it won't move when you push the pyramid up against it (but also make sure that it is at least 10" above the ground).

Once the Northern Stake is in, your helper will move down towards you and line up the Southern Stake in the same manner.  Make sure you get about the right distance apart from the Northern Stake.  Also, it is very important that you line up the same edge of the stake with the two strings as you did with the Northern Stake.

Once you have completed that step, the only other thing you have to do is to pull out the Northern and Southern Fence Posts, along with the dowel rods and plumb bobs.  You have now successfully completed the steps for pounding in your True North/South Stakes from which your pyramid will be aligned with, which if done accurately and well enough, should put your pyramid in alignment to True North to within about 1/4º.  May you have awesome adventures with your pyramid!


Pyramids Home    How Pyramids Work
My Pyramids    Ordering Pyramids
How To Build A Pyramid
How To Align A Pyramid
Pyramids Photo Gallery

 Intuition:  Local Sidereal Time, Intuition and Sagittarius A*

Local Sidereal Time (LST) is basically "star time".  For a specific LST,  the stars (except our sun) are in the same place in the sky when viewed from a given location on Earth.  One sidereal day corresponds to one complete rotation of Earth on its axis.   A sidereal day of 24 LST-hours is about 4 minutes shorter than the normal 24-hour solar day, because the Earth moves in its yearly orbit around the sun.

Click on figure to go to reference.

Effect Size vs Local Sidereal Time showing representative error bars of �1 standard deviation.  The dashed curve is the mean effect size of 0.12 for 2,483 trials which is equivalent to p = 6 x 10-10, which is the probability that the observed result is due to chance alone.  The results are indeed "anomalous" if you expected a chance result.  Note that these results were performed without any knowledge or consideration of the LST.  (Spottiswoode)

Can the reliability of information obtained intuitively be associated with variations in LST?  Surprisingly, the answer is yes.  The first scientist to discover this association, or correlation, was James Spottiswoode who reported his results in a 1997 paper entitled, "Apparent Association Between Effect Size in Free Response Anomalous Cognition Experiments and Local Sidereal Time."  Wow, the title is a mouthful, and the conclusions are very intriguing.

The intuitive information for the paper was obtained from 44 studies done by the primary psi research organizations in North America and Europe.  There were about 2,500 trials using remote viewing and ganzfeld experiments.  These experimental trials involved participants who provided free response verbal or written descriptions concerning targets and/or photos that were unknown to the participants.  These "blind" descriptions were compared to several possible targets/photos and the "best fit" target was chosen.  This approach permitted a quantitative assessment of whether the intuitive descriptions were better than simple chance.

The graph and associated text show the "effect size" variation with LST.  Effect size is basically a measure of the difference observed in the intuitive target-choice approach applied in the experiments compared to a pure chance target-choice.  An average effect size of 0.12 is very significant for 2,500 trials - intuition can provide useful information.  Furthermore, the best time for gathering this type of information appears to be at a LST of about 13.5 hours plus or minus an hour or so.  Note that the error bar at this time is very far (about 5 standard deviations) from the mean effect size of 0.12.  Thus, at 13.5 LST, the data indicates a factor of 4 increase in effect size which translates into more successful target-choices.  Also note that there is a negative effect size at about 18 hours LST which appears significant.  A negative effect size implies that target-choices would be wrong more than expected by pure chance.

What does Sagittarius A* (Sgr A*) have to do with any of this?  At about 13.5 hours LST, Sagittarius A* (the massive black hole at the center of our Milky Way galaxy) just happens to be rising above the horizon for latitudes where the LST effect size data was obtained - between 32 and 55 degrees North.  And, at about 18 hours LST, Sgr A* is at its high point in the sky - roughly 30 degrees above the horizon in the due south direction.  

The 18 hours LST apogee timing for Sgr A* has led to one hypothesis that an unidentified source of "noise" operates when we are most "exposed" to Sgr A*.  However, this does not explain why at the 13.5 LST rise-time the noise is a minimum, nor why there is not a similar minimum in noise at 22.5 hours LST when Sgr A* sets below the horizon.  If Sgr A* is somehow important for the LST effect size, then our galactic massive black hole reacts with the earth-air interface (visible horizon) in a non-symmetrical fashion at its rising versus setting times.

There is much more to learn about LST effects and about Sgr A*.

For those of you interested in knowing your LST time, the Astronomy Clock 2 shareware program is downloadable, or you can visit the Navy's online LST calculator.  To locate the direction of our Galactic Center from your local position/time as well as LST time, you can use CyberSky.



Apparent Association Between Effect Size in Free Response Anomalous Cognition Experiments and Local Sidereal Time.

Does Psi Exist?  Replicable Evidence for an Anomalous Process of Information Transfer

The Ganzfeld Experiment

The Milky Way Galaxy - A spiral galaxy centered in Sagittarius


The principle of diamagnetism which underlies human-induced levitation and anti-gravity vortexes on the planet can be demonstrated simply in what I call the human gravity antenna. Diamagnetism (explained below) is essentially a magnetic-neutral zone existing between a north and south magnetic field, which can be exploited for purposes of levitation. As I will indicate below, there are many such "magnetic flow reversal points" on the Earth marked by Grid points.

An arrangement of five human beings can be used as a quadruple gravity antenna to perform levitation of the central person. The weight of the central person, the levitatee, does not matter nor is the lack of strength or size of the four levitators important. What is important is the form of the quadropolar positions around the central levitatee (See Diagram 1). Here are a few pointers to keep in mind.

First, the levitators should be positioned 45 degrees off the magnetic compass direction of north, south, east, and west for maximum effectiveness. Second, alternation of male and female sex of the levitators adds to the gravity antenna's power. Third, the hand stack on the head of the central levitatee by the levitators should not have like-gendered (male/male, female/female) hands touching. Fourth, there's no need to think of anything—just hold the hands stacked on the levitatee's head for a count of ten. On the tenth count remove the stacked hands quickly and place one finger each on the four corners of the chair. The person in charge of counting says "lift" and up goes the levitatee. Now let's examine this phenomenon I like to call "Party Levitation" in more specific and practical detail.

To do Party Levitation you will need five people, one to be levitated—henceforth to be called the levitatee— and four to do the levitating—henceforth to be called the levitators.

The levitatee sits in a chair and the four levitators stand around him so that they form a square. One levitator should stand to the levitatee's left, and just behind his shoulder. Another levitator should stand in front of him and to his left, close to his left knee. The other two should stand on the right side of the levitatee's body and in similar positions.

Now the object of Party Levitation is to make the levitatee's body so light in weight that the four levitators can lift him several feet into the air using a single finger each. If the experiment is performed properly none of the levitators will feel the slightest resistance to their efforts. It will be as if the levitatee's body has lost its weight entirely.

While the levitatee is sitting, the four levitators surround him in the manner indicated and place their hands, one atop the other, on his head, as if they were healing him by the laying on of hands.

The person who is going to float must sit relaxed in a straightbacked chair with his legs together, his feet on the floor, and his hands in his lap. The other four participants now stand two on each side of the seated party, one at each shoulder and one at the knee. Instruct all four to extend their arms and place their closed fists together, closed except for the forefingers which should be extended and touching each other along their lengths as shown. The person nearest the seated man's left shoulder is now asked to place his two extended fingers, palms downwards, beneath his left armpit. Likewise, his opposite number inserts his forefingers beneath the right armpit, and again the other two respectively beneath the seated man's knees.

Now invite the four assistants to lift the man in this position, using only these extended fingers. However hard they try, it is impossible. As soon as you have registered their inability to do so, ask them to stack their hands alternately, one on top of the other on the man's head, in such a way that no person has his own two hands together, and then to exert a steady pressure downwards. As they keep this up you count to ten. On the count "nine", they must withdraw their hands quickly from his head and resume their earlier positions with their extended forefingers. On the count of "ten" they must try again to lift the man with those fingers alone. This time he will go soaring into the air with no difficulty whatsoever.    

V...... The Pyramid Effect Producing Enough Electricity to Run a 12W Fan

Pyramid Experiments Reveal New Electric Field

Pyramid Power: Harnessing the Energetic Fields of Pyramids

Joe Parr Pyramid Energy Bubble Discovery  (Shape as an Energy Sensor)

How to Build Pyramids and other Orgone Generators

Pyramid Power


Pyramid Apex Energy......Both the pyramid (with a square base) and the cone (with a circular base) are believed to energize the alchemical ORMUS materials. Some ORMUS researchers suspect that the vortex energy, which emits from the apex of these two shapes, is integral to energizing the ORMUS elements. You can see another version of the Kirlian photograph of this vortex energy from a pyramid below:



"Magnetic Current"

   by Ed Leedskalnin

Which Side of a BioMagnet to Use? It Matters!


Getting the polarity right in magnet therapy


It is important to get the polarity right when practicing magnetic therapy because although the general rule is that magnet therapy either works or fails but does no harm, there are some types of condition that can be irritated or aggravated by using the wrong pole of the magnet.


An important caveat to bear in mind is that if you got your magnets from a source that does not specialize in magnetic healing then any markings on the magnet’s poles are likely to be the opposite of what they should be.


To a physicist the north pole of a magnet is the one that seeks the north pole of earth and the south pole of the magnet is the one that seeks the south pole of the planet.


In magnet therapy, you use the opposite convention .To avoid confusion the terms bio-north and bio-south are used to indicate the sense in which the terms are used by magnetic healers.


How do you identify the North pole versus the South pole of a magnet


 What are the two different effects of the North and South poles, first discovered by Davis and Rawls? 

1. A magnet or an electromagnet produces an energy field.

2. The two separate poles have two distinct effects on the body.

3. Many years of experimentation have revealed the following effects
    relative to the  two sides of a magnet.

(HEALING ENERGY)                            (DANGER)



Has a counter-clockwise rotation
Has a clockwise rotation
Relieves pain
Increases pain
Reduces inflammation
Increases inflammation
Produces an alkaline effect
Produces an acid effect
Reduces symptoms
Intensifies symptoms
Fights infections
Promotes microorganisms
Supports healing
Inhibits healing
Reduces fluid retention
Increases fluid retention
Increases cellular oxygen
Decreases tissue oxygen
Encourages deep restorative sleep
Stimulates wakefulness
Produces a bright mental effect
Has an overactive effect
Reduces fatty deposits
Encourages fatty deposits
Establishes healing polarity
Polarity of an injury site
Stimulates melatonin function
Stimulates body function
Normalizes natural alkaline pH


 How do you identify the North pole versus the South pole of a magnet?

The South pole of a compass needle points to geographic North. According to Davis and Rawls, the magnetic North pole of the Earth is in the geographic North.

The South pole of a compass needle will also point to the North pole of a magnet. In the picture above we have covered a small piece of our High Energy Biomagnetic Tape in green to identify the North pole side.

The North pole of a compass needle will point to the South pole of a magnet. In the photo above you see the small piece of our High Energy Biomagnetic Tape, which is covered in red to identify the South pole side.

Some compasses may be marked differently. In such cases the end of the needle will point toward you while you are holding the compass indicating that you are facing North. That end of the needle may even be green or marked 'N' for North. It would be correctly color coded according to Davis and Rawls since it is facing the magnetic South pole of the Earth which is in the Southern Hemisphere, indicating it is the North pole of the compass needle. Davis and Rawls used the color green (or no marking) to mark the North pole of a magnet and the color red to mark the South pole. Regardless of how the compass is marked, the end that points to geographic South is always the North pole of the needle, and the end that points to geographic North is always the South pole.
**Care should be taken to make sure that there are no other magnetic fields nearby that could potentially interfere with your measurements.

This identification of the North and South poles is contrary to orthodox science, but Davis and Rawls insisted that orthodox science is incorrect. Davis designated the poles based on the direction of their spin and the effects they have on matter. "The spin is what governs the action of any particle in matter and is the correct analysis in identifying the positive or negative function of natural energies." [The Magnetic Blueprint of Life, 1979, p.27] A compass can often be used to determine the poles of a magnet(s), however it can be confusing when measuring bipolar magnets or a product containing multiple magnets with both polarities on one side of it. Our magnetometer is more accurate, especially in these circumstances. It can also measure the Bloch Wall, the point of zero magnetism that is found at the center of all magnets.
 Use a compass to indentify the poles of your magnets
The south pole on the compass points to the north pole of the magnet.
The north pole on the compass points to the south pole of the magnet.
The north arrow on the compass points to the south pole of the magnet.
The south arrow on the compass points to the north pole of the magnet.

What about using a regular compass that you might have on-hand to identify the poles of your magnets?  Remembering which end of the compass points to which pole of the magnet can be confusingy.  It is easy to get mixed up.  As described in our article, The Earth Is a Magnet, the earth is a big magnet with the magnetic south pole actually located in the north (in northern Canada, currently).

The labeled pictures below should be a good guide to using a compass to identify the poles of your magnets.  See the descriptions.  Or, remember that they're pointing in the same direction.

The inexpensive, sphere-shaped compass actually uses a neodymium magnet inside.  The traditional needle compass uses a piece of magnetized steel.  Be careful to avoid getting a neodymium magnet too close to this second type of compass.  The powerful magnetic field of a neodymium magnet could demagnetize the needle, or even magnetize it in the opposite direction!


V...... Michael Tellinger : Ancient civilizations and free energy  

* blochwall.gif (57.94 kB, 750x1191 - viewed 589 times.)

The Secret Power of the Pyramidal Shape

Why does the pyramidal shape resonate various energy fields? The very shape of the pyramid is an a...
Why does the pyramidal shape resonate various energy fields?

The very shape of the pyramid is an amplified-receiver or resonator of various kinds of energy fields, i.e. electro-magnetic waves, cosmic rays, electrical discharges, gravitational waves, etc., surrounding our planet and which are in the air around and within the pyramid.

Inside the pyramid the received energies, interact with one another.

A pyramid also creates a spherical field like a 3D globe of harmonic vibrations – where the wave patterns are synchronous and rhythmic - around itself. Everything within that field will move towards the harmony. [1]

How does the pyramid create a spherical field of harmonic vibrations around itself?

In a magnetic field like the inside of a pyramid, the produced magnetism is in a direction opposite to that of iron where the field-direction is outward from the North pole and inward to the South pole of a magnet. In other words in a pyramid the direction of its magnetic field is outward from the south pole of the pyramid and inwards to the north pole.

The pyramid shape generates a spin field from its apex for electrons, meaning that they can move in an angular momentum, i.e. around their own axis. So, if moving or kinetic energy enters the pyramid at the top opening, this can be taken as the north pole of its magnetic field and as the pyramid emits energy from its middle, this can then be taken as the south pole of its magnetic field.

Once it entered into the pyramid, the energy bounces from the equal sides of its walls while the five angles of the pyramid project a beam of radiation towards the center where the energy is collected or pooled to form the "fire in the middle" (the word pyramid is translated as 'fire in the middle’). These energies all combine in the center or King’s chamber area of, i.e. the Great Pyramid. The molecules or atoms in this area absorb these energies by resonance.

The corners are then, in effect, a type of nano-wave radiator. As the energy increases, the electron orbits start to expand; as more energy is absorbed, more expansion occurs and as the energy increases, there is an increase in circulation and finally we have a highly saturated energy atmosphere in the wave bands around 10 nm. These energies also radiate outwards from the corners of the pyramid. [2]

Pyramid energy is a life-giving force called bio-cosmic energy, which allows for the pyramid to become a kind of cosmic antenna that tunes into vast energy sources, receives the energy and changes itself into a magnetic field.

While most of the positive energy is focused within and beneath the pyramid, some is also diffused from the five points or angles. Many people who have stood on top of the Great Pyramid have described sensing a high energy field or electrical charge.

How does this occur? 

Depending on the material it is built with, i.e. some kind of crystal or stone such as granite or marble, a pyramid will create a spherical field of harmonic vibrations around itself. Rose granite, which was used in the construction of the King’s Chamber of the Great Pyramid, is one of the most paramagnetic substances that has the ability to alter the magnetic field in the area it occupies.

Limestone, which covered the Great Pyramid on the outside, is a diamagnetic substance in that it is repelled by both poles of a magnet – being repelled then, the energy moves right through its walls to the outside.

According to Joe Parr, a member of the Great Pyramid of Giza Research Association, any pyramidal shape will theoretically attract and trap certain mass particles and it is these particles that produce the orb-like energy field, also called a containment bubble, around any true pyramid that shields out other energies.

It does so in order to cleanse the atmosphere outside around the structure enabling all other elements and vibrations to move towards the harmony and therefore making what is negative, positive. In this process, destructive energies are deflected and positive energies are enhanced.

Parr studied this energy field, which emanates from the one-third height level of the pyramid - the geometric center - he found that sun spot activity and the phases of the moon had an effect upon the intensity of a pyramid's energy field and that at certain times of the year the field would block all electromagnetic radiation and even the force of gravity, which brought him to the conclusion that solar and lunar activity has a direct impact on the strength of dynamic torsion energy streaming into the earth:

- Pyramid energy weakens radiation consisting of waves of energy associated with electric and magnetic fields resulting from the acceleration of an electric charge, i.e. gamma rays. One of the aspects of the power of pyramids is that the atmospheric energy in and around a pyramid is contained in a spherical aetheric energy field centered at the 1/3 height level of the pyramid.

This energy field is called a third dimensional energy bubble that has been tested and measured by scientists and it was found that every now and then Pyramids quit responding to recordings and measurements.

Regarding this, a correlation was found that celestial events such as sun spot activity seemed to affect the intensity of the pyramid energy bubble: at certain times of the year the energy bubble would totally block not only the force of gravity but also nuclear and electromagnetic radiation.

Another effect of the influence of celestial events upon a pyramid’s energy bubble, was found in a pyramid’s seeming ability to relate in a harmonious way at 500 and 1000 Hz. This means that the force field around the pyramid become totally non-conductive to all known forces that are generally negative.

- Parr has also found that the width of the energy containment bubble or orb expands and contracts with the phases of the moon. This suggests again that the spherical orb on the outside of the pyramid is a static torsion field that gathers around the pyramid and is strengthened by absorbing other dynamic torsion fields.

These fields can be strengthened by the electrostatic energy in the ions or in the acoustic vibration of air, which also is a vibration of the ether. [3]

The best passive torsion generators are formed by cones or pyramidal shapes built according to the “phi” ratio of 1 to 0.618 and it can, therefore, be said the pyramid shape has the power to harness torsional energy because torsion waves are phi-spirals and for this reason a pyramid will hold positive energy and deflects negative energy wavelengths and therefore inhibit natural decay:

"Pyramids don't kill bacteria. However the bacteria feed by absorbing nutrients as entropy breaks the tissues down. In a pyramid there is so little entropy that the bacteria barely survive and don't multiply prolifically. Food therefore stays fresher longer and has a chance to dehydrate before it goes bad."

Because aluminum blocks a pyramid's energy field, seeds placed on aluminum foil in a pyramid will sprout slowly but aluminum's blocking effect is overcome if the foil is left in a pyramid for two weeks or more. Amazingly, the foil then carries its own pyramid energy. [4]

Meditation and Healing

A cube-shape such as most houses people live in, inhibits energy while a pyramid-shape allows for a heightened energy field, which definitely is an aid for meditation. A pyramid aids meditation because it focuses harmonious energy while deflecting distracting energies, which are unordered, disharmonic energy.

By guarding against external interference, it helps you corral your own maverick thoughts by focusing positive energy within you, which is precisely your goal. As you enter your reflective state, the pyramid assists you at every step. Meditation is faster, deeper and more rewarding.

It has been reported that after spending time within a pyramid, people feel revitalized with sense-perceptions sharpened. Added to this, some people experience an internal tingling and sometimes a distant ringing sound, which is explained by the fact that the pyramidal shape focuses and resonates beneficial sound vibrations.

Through Kirlian photography, changes have been noted in the meditator's aura, described as his/her electromagnetic field, such as the aura becoming brighter and larger.

Meditators reported deeper relaxation, an enhanced sense of well-being and increased levels of awareness – these conditions have been achieved due to the positive energy flow in the pyramid facilitating deeper focus. What happens is that their alpha waves became much stronger and meditation became deeper.

People meditating in a pyramid regularly, have received strong spiritual and psychic impressions, enhanced dreams and visions, vivid visual imagery and increased memory recall. Many people reported feeling revitalized with sense-perceptions sharpened after spending time within a pyramid.

People sitting or sleeping near just a model pyramid, have reported the alleviation or disappearance of pain or symptoms of illness. [5]

Another pair of researchers postulates that the pyramid energy field tends to produce healthier functioning of cells, tissues and organs. People experience enhanced effects when meditating beneath pyramids, which can be attributed to the positive energy flow in the pyramid that facilitates deeper focus. [6]

The energy within a pyramid makes it a transmitter of universal light energy (also known as Source Energy, Ether and Zero Point Energy). As the inside of the pyramid transmits the inflowing energy it causes a higher dimensional field – a field that is the animating force behind all creation - and has the capacity to automatically transform lower vibrational (negative) energy into higher vibrational (positive) energy.

By the layering of organic and inorganic matter in the building blocks of the structure, the Life Force Energy are purified, condensed and then magnified, enabling it to transmit this energy to the outside where a spherical field of harmonic vibrations around the pyramidal structure is created.

This form of energy, orgone energy, is known by various cultures as Chi, Ki, Prana, Ether, or Life Force. By simply holding an Orgone device or being near one, negative energy will be cleared from your field creating a higher, more balanced and healthy state. Using your intent you can also direct this Source Energy towards personal healing, protection and spiritual awakening.

Make your own

Anyone can use a pyramid model in the proportions of the Great Pyramid to conduct various experiments such as placing different organic matter inside the pyramid shape: razor blades are sharpened, organic matter undergoes dehydration, milk turns into smooth yogurt after six weeks, seeds germinate more easily while plant growth is accelerated and remains free of pests, by pyramid power.

Experiments have shown copper to be the best metal for an open-frame meditation pyramid, due to its natural electronic and bio-enhancing properties, but pyramid structures of cardboard, wood or bamboo are effective too,if built to the same proportional dimensions as the Great Pyramid.

If you want to build or make your own, the pyramid MUST be aligned to magnetic north to work! The energy is very weak when it is out of alignment, so you want to get it aligned as good as possible.

One particular observation made by Schul and Pettit, captured the difference in the growth rate of plants beneath pyramids with time-lapse photography. What their photography showed was "plants gyrating in a symphonic dance as though orchestrated by an unseen conductor." Their first film showed a six-inch-tall sunflower placed in a glass pyramid at the one-third height level.
"The plant followed an east-west cyclic movement. It bowed to the east nearly touching the base, swept a semicircle to the south, back to the west and finally straightened to the vertical before starting the dance once more. The movement was repeated every two hours ...."
The authors observed this east-west movement for two years, then abruptly the plants started to move instead in a north-south arc, presumably due to some change in the environment or atmosphere. An aluminum screen placed to the west of the plants would stop the plants' gyrations, since aluminum blocks a pyramid's energy field.

Similarly, seeds placed on aluminum foil in a pyramid will sprout slowly - but aluminum's blocking effect is overcome if the foil is left in a pyramid for two weeks or more. Amazingly, the foil then carries its own pyramid energy and it will enhance seed growth and cook food faster.

Flanagan investigated pyramid effects on plants, water, animals and people. He was particularly enthusiastic about the pyramid's ability to preserve food - foods and beverages stay fresh longer and acquire enhanced flavour. Fruit is preserved indefinitely by dehydration.The Great Pyramid Company explains how pyramids inhibit natural decay:
"Pyramids don't kill bacteria. However the bacteria feed by absorbing nutrients as entropy breaks the tissues down. In a pyramid there is so little entropy that the bacteria barely survive and don't multiply prolifically. Food therefore stays fresher longer and has a chance to dehydrate before it goes bad." [7]  
By Caeli Francisco,;

[2] G. Patrick Flannigan, Ph.D. The Pyramid and Its Relationship to Cosmic Energy,
[3] David Wilcock,
[4] The Great Pyramid Company,
[5] Pyramid Power, Max Toth and Greg Nielsen
[6] Schul and Pettit,
- See more at:

Cone of Power

The Satanic Cone of Power

Cone Power - Geometric Pranic Generators – In addition to the pyramid shape, the cone is also known to have similar properties to the pyramid – these shapes are collectively known as Geometric Pranic Generators. In Yoga, each chakra is associated with a shape – for example, the base chakra (at the lower part of our body) is linked with the 4-sided square and relates to the base of a pyramid. The crown chakra (at top of our heads) links with a circle that relates to the base of a cone. The cone has been used throughout the ages for the dunce’s hat to stimulate the brain with pupils who were not too bright – figure 3 – the cone shape seems to enhance the energy going to the brain There is a series of two dimensional shapes and designs that also have similar properties, example shown in figure 4.

Both the pyramid (with a square base) and the cone (with a circular base) are believed to energize the alchemical ORMUS materials

9.5 TORSION WAVES ARE “PHI” SPIRALS...... The best passive torsion generators were formed by cones that were shaped into the “phi” ratio of 1 to 0.618. What this tells us is that torsion waves are indeed “phi” spirals, since a cone that duplicates this pattern will harness the waves most strongly.

Cones...... Cones seem to have properties similar to those of pyramids. You may experiment with a metal cone or a cardboard cone covered on both sides with aluminium foil. The cone may be 30 to 60 cm high, and the wide end is best sealed. The most important requirement is a right angle formed by the sides at the apex. If the angle is wider, the energy of the cone will be focused, as with a lens, while a more acute angle seems to disperse it. A beam of energy with apparently stimulating properties comes out of the tip of the cone and may be projected over a long distance. The energy may be led off the apex by a wire as described for the pyramid. A stronger force is generated if the cone is more than three feet above the ground. Covering the head with an open cone or a pyramid-shaped hat may be done to use the sedating force below these forms during meditation or to increase psychic awareness. Perhaps this is the reason why sorcerers and magicians are often depicted with cone-shaped hats. However, when trying to use cones for health improvement it is preferable to use galvanized iron rather than aluminium, due to a possibly detrimental health effect of aluminium-conducted energies.

The best passive torsion generators are formed by cones or pyramidal shapes built according to the phi ratio of 1 to 0.618 and it can, therefore, be said the pyramid shape has the power to harness torsional energy because torsion waves are phi-spirals and for this reason a pyramid will hold positive energy and deflects negative energy wavelengths and therefore inhibit natural decay

2. After you’ve shaped it into a cone

Cone Construction

V3Solar has developed a cone-shaped solar energy harvester that is claimed to generate over 20 times more electricity than a flat panel thanks to a combination of concentrating lenses, dynamic spin, conical shape, and advanced electronics

V...... Nassim Haramein: Sacred Geometry And Unified Fields (Full Version)


V....... "The POWER of SPIN" by The Resonance Project / Nassim Haramein (Part 1)


V....... Power of Spin (Part 2) - Nassim Haramein's Unified Field Theory


A/V...... VORTEX Energy Part 1 Pyramid Energy and the Earth Grid (29 parts )


V...... Dan Davidson Shape as Universal Resonance Part 1


V...... Ancient Knowledge Pt.6/1 - Number 9 Code, Vortex Based Math, Flower of Life, Fibonacci, Time, 432Hz


V...... YHWH Tetragrammaton A Gravity Generator...... Nassim Haramein


V...... Cone Energy Points

V...... Cone Coil Form

Cone Builder...... If one can understand what is happening in an electrical system, a build is more likely to be successful.

 Some of this information is from Bashar, a well known channeler. Some is from current electrical physics.

 Information from Walter Russell, Tesla, Hammel, and Wilbert Smith is also referenced.

V...... How To Make A Cone Craft Tutorial

V...... How to Make a Cone

V...... How to Fold a Paper Cone


V... How to Make a Cone

Make Cone Shape Take a piece of construction paper 12" by 18" (30 by 45 cm). Roll the paper into a cone and size the base to fit the child's head. Be sure not to make it too big, or it may slip and cover the child's eyes. Tape or glue the overlapping edges in one or more places. Cut off the extra paper at the base of the cone. Aunt Annie recommends black paper for the witch's hat, green, white or red for the clown's hat, and gray, silver or white for the wizard's hat, but you can use any colors you like. Tip: If you don't have a 12" by 18" piece of construction paper, glue two or more pieces of 9" by 12" construction paper together. In fact, you can glue two pieces of computer paper together along their long edges. This will make a hat big enough for most children. - See more at:

Make cone shape and trim
Making a Paper Funnel or Cone
  1. Make a Funnel or Cone from Paper Step 1 Version 2.jpg
    Make a paper disk. Cut a circle out of a piece of any kind of paper. The height of your cone will be determined by the radius of your circle. The larger the radius, the taller the cone.
Make a Funnel or Cone from Paper Step 2 Version 2.jpg
  1. 2
  2. Cut out a section after folding the paper as shown. Cut a triangle by making two cuts to the center of the circle as shown. Small wedges removed from the disk will result in a cone with a broad bottom. To make a cone with a small bottom.
  3. Make a Funnel or Cone from Paper Intro Version 2.jpg


Cone Power - Geometric Pranic Generators – In addition to the pyramid shape, the cone is also known to have similar properties to the pyramid – these shapes are collectively known as Geometric Pranic Generators. In Yoga, each chakra is associated with a shape – for example, the base chakra (at the lower part of our body) is linked with the 4-sided square and relates to the base of a pyramid. The crown chakra (at top of our heads) links with a circle that relates to the base of a cone. The cone has been used throughout the ages for the dunce’s hat to stimulate the brain with pupils who were not too bright -  the cone shape seems to enhance the energy going to the brain


Cones seem to have properties similar to those of pyramids. You may experiment with a metal cone or a cardboard cone covered on both sides with aluminium foil. The cone may be 30 to 60 cm high, and the wide end is best sealed. The most important requirement is a right angle formed by the sides at the apex. If the angle is wider, the energy of the cone will be focused, as with a lens, while a more acute angle seems to disperse it. A beam of energy with apparently stimulating properties comes out of the tip of the cone and may be projected over a long distance. The energy may be led off the apex by a wire as described for the pyramid. A stronger force is generated if the cone is more than three feet above the ground. Covering the head with an open cone or a pyramid-shaped hat may be done to use the sedating force below these forms during meditation or to increase psychic awareness. Perhaps this is the reason why sorcerers and magicians are often depicted with cone-shaped hats. However, when trying to use cones for health improvement it is preferable to use galvanized iron rather than aluminium, due to a possibly detrimental health effect of aluminium-conducted energies.


Take a piece of construction paper 12" by 18" (30 by 45 cm). Roll the paper into a cone and size the base to fit the head. Be sure not to make it too big, or it may slip and cover the child's eyes. Tape or glue the overlapping edges in one or more places. Cut off the extra paper at the base of the cone.


Tip: If you don't have a 12" by 18" piece of construction paper, glue two or more pieces of 9" by 12" construction paper together. In fact, you can glue two pieces of computer paper together along their long edges. This will make a hat big enough for most children.







Holy Handgrenade:


1. Fold a piece of typing paper twice [fold it from lower corner to opposite corner to make a triangle shape, not a rectangle shape. Fold it a second time to make another triangle shape..Ken] and then open it into a cone shape. Tape the overlap and ‘underlap with masking tape to help it hold its shape.


2. After you’ve shaped it into a cone, put the opened cone upside down in a paper cup.


3. Cut a 26” length of 18 gauge copper wire and form it into a cone spiral so that it fits loosely inside the paper cone(Cbs says that 26.5" is better, as it grounds out HAARP carrier freq’s [ I checked with Mr. E in Canada and he suggested that 27" might produce even better results, but all three numbers will work ..Ken] ).


4. Put a big pinch of metal particles into the pointy end of the cone, right on top of the little end of the copper spiral. I like to use BBs (small, copper or zinc-coated ball bearings that American kids shoot from air rifles) for these, but they’re very heavy and expensive if you’re making a lot of HHgs and TBs.


5. Shove a fat crystal, point down, into the metal so that it’s standing up, then put a little more metal around it to hold it in place. I use very cheap, funky-looking crystals for this which have one distinct end.. Save the nice ones for personal devices.


6. Now pour enough catalysed resin [fiberglass resin to which the liquid catalyst has already been added] in to cover the metal.


7. I ‘Hootenize’ the ‘orgonite’ at this point (orgonite is the combination of roughly equal volumes of catalysed resin and metal particles—Mark Hooten was the first to introduce other mineral and crystal species to orgonite to enhance its performance; it’s an optional process for this device) with bits of hematite, pyrite and garnets. A spoonful of activated charcoal is a good idea, too, but also optional. Gale Stark was the first to add activated carbon to the mix.


8. I hope you were careful to get metal through which resin thoroughly soaks before it hardens; if not, you’ll need to mix the metal and resin together and spoon that messy mix into the mould [I solved the problem of the resin hardening too fast before it had thoroughly soaked into the metal shavings by cutting the amount of catalyst recommended by one half. This only works if your local temperature is above 70 degrees..Ken]. The sweepings from a machines shop are usually ideal. [I prefer using cleaner shavings from a scrap metal dealer 


9. Fill to the brim with orgonite and when it’s hard, it’s done. I paint them green and brown with spraypaint if I won’t be burying them.


10. Notice that I’m not putting any additional crystals in the mix. I simply found that using one bulky crystal in the point makes the other ones extraneous [the original HHg design used 5 crystals]. I think the coil is important in this case because it causes the orgone field to spin.


~Don Croft




Diamagnetic, Paramagnetic, and Ferromagnetic Materials

When a material is placed within a magnetic field, the magnetic forces of the material's electrons will be affected. This effect is known as Faraday's Law of Magnetic Induction. However, materials can react quite differently to the presence of an external magnetic field. This reaction is dependent on a number of factors, such as the atomic and molecular structure of the material, and the net magnetic field associated with the atoms. The magnetic moments associated with atoms have three origins. These are the electron motion, the change in motion caused by an external magnetic field, and the spin of the electrons.


In most atoms, electrons occur in pairs. Electrons in a pair spin in opposite directions. So, when electrons are paired together, their opposite spins cause their magnetic fields to cancel each other. Therefore, no net magnetic field exists. Alternately, materials with some unpaired electrons will have a net magnetic field and will react more to an external field. Most materials can be classified as diamagnetic, paramagnetic or ferromagnetic.


Diamagnetic materials have a weak, negative susceptibility to magnetic fields. Diamagnetic materials are slightly repelled by a magnetic field and the material does not retain the magnetic properties when the external field is removed. In diamagnetic materials all the electron are paired so there is no permanent net magnetic moment per atom. Diamagnetic properties arise from the realignment of the electron paths under the influence of an external magnetic field. Most elements in the periodic table, including copper, silver, and gold, are diamagnetic.


Paramagnetic materials have a small, positive susceptibility to magnetic fields. These materials are slightly attracted by a magnetic field and the material does not retain the magnetic properties when the external field is removed. Paramagnetic properties are due to the presence of some unpaired electrons, and from the realignment of the electron paths caused by the external magnetic field. Paramagnetic materials include magnesium, molybdenum, lithium, and tantalum.


Ferromagnetic materials have a large, positive susceptibility to an external magnetic field. They exhibit a strong attraction to magnetic fields and are able to retain their magnetic properties after the external field has been removed. Ferromagnetic materials have some unpaired electrons so their atoms have a net magnetic moment. They get their strong magnetic properties due to the presence of magnetic domains. In these domains, large numbers of atom's moments (1012 to 1015) are aligned parallel so that the magnetic force within the domain is strong. When a ferromagnetic material is in the unmagnitized state, the domains are nearly randomly organized and the net magnetic field for the part as a whole is zero. When a magnetizing force is applied, the domains become aligned to produce a strong magnetic field within the part. Iron, nickel, and cobalt are examples of ferromagnetic materials. Components with these materials are commonly inspected using the magnetic particle method.


Diamagnetism and Paramagnetism

Diamagnetic atoms have only paired electrons, whereas paramagnetic atoms, which can be made magnetic, have at least one unpaired electron.

Key Points

  • Any time two electrons share the same orbital, their spin quantum numbers have to be different. Whenever two electrons are paired together in an orbital, or their total spin is 0, they are diamagnetic electrons. Atoms with all diamagnetic electrons are called diamagnetic atoms.
  • A paramagnetic electron is an unpaired electron. An atom is considered paramagnetic if even one orbital has a "net" spin. An atom could have ten diamagnetic electrons, but as long as it also has one paramagnetic electron, it is still considered a paramagnetic atom.
  • Diamagnetic atoms repel magnetic fields. The unpaired electrons of paramagnetic atoms realign in response to external magnetic fields and are therefore attracted. Paramagnets do not retain magnetization in the absence of a magnetic field, because thermal motion randomizes the spin orientations.


Any of the 14 rare earth elements from cerium (or from lanthanum) to lutetium in the periodic table. Because their outermost orbitals are empty, they have very similar chemistry. Below them are the actinides.

One of certain integers or half-integers that specify the state of a quantum mechanical system (such as an electron in an atom).

Give us feedback on this content:


Any time two electrons share the same orbital, their spin quantum numbers have to be different. In other words, one of the electrons has to be "spin-up", with $m_s = +\frac{1}{2}$, while the other electron is "spin-down", with $m_s = \frac{1}{2}$. This is important when it comes to determining the total spin in an electron orbital. In order to decide whether or not electron spins cancel, add their spin quantum numbers together. Whenever two electrons are paired together in an orbital, or their total spin is 0, they are called diamagnetic electrons.

Think of spins as "clockwise" and "counterclockwise". If one spin is "clockwise" and the other is "counterclockwise", then the two spin directions balance each other out and there is no leftover rotation. Note what all of this means in terms of electrons sharing an orbital. Since electrons in the same orbital always have opposite values for their spin quantum numbers, ms, they will always end up cancelling each other out. In other words, there is no leftover spin in an orbital that contains two electrons.

Electron spin is very important in determining the magnetic properties of an atom. If all of the electrons in an atom are paired up and share their orbital with another electron, then the total spin in each orbital is zero and the atom is diamagnetic. Diamagnetic atoms are not attracted to a magnetic field, but rather are slightly repelled. The following figure shows a thin black sheet of pyrolytic graphite floating above the gold magnets.

Diamagnetic Levitation

A small (~6mm) piece of pyrolytic graphite (a material similar to graphite) levitating over a permanent neodymium magnet array (5mm cubes on a piece of steel). Note that the poles of the magnets are aligned vertically and alternate (two with north facing up, and two with south facing up, diagonally).


Electrons that are alone in an orbital are called paramagnetic electrons. Remember that if an electron is alone in an orbital, the orbital has a "net" spin, because the spin of the lone electron does not get cancelled out. If even one orbital has a "net" spin, the entire atom will have a "net" spin. Therefore, an atom is considered to be paramagnetic when it contains at least one paramagnetic electron. In other words, an atom could have 10 paired (diamagnetic) electrons, but as long as it also has one unpaired (paramagnetic) electron, it is still considered a "paramagnetic atom".

Just as diamagnetic atoms are slightly repelled from a magnetic field, paramagnetic atoms are slightly attracted to a magnetic field. Paramagnetic properties are due to the realignment of the electron paths caused by the external magnetic field. Paramagnets do not retain any magnetization in the absence of an externally applied magnetic field, because thermal motion randomizes the spin orientations. Stronger magnetic effects are typically only observed when d- or f-electrons are involved. The size of the magnetic moment on a lanthanide atom can be quite large, as it can carry up to seven unpaired electrons, in the case of gadolinium(III) (hence its use in MRI).